Asus RS720-E6 User Manual
2U Rackmount Server RS720-E6/RS12 User Guide
ii Copyright © 2010 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this ma nual, including the products and soft ware described in i t, may be reproduc ed, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). ASUS provides this manual âas isâ without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties or conditions of merchantability or îtness for a particular purpose. In no event shall ASUS, its directors, ofîcers, employees, or agents be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages (including damages for loss of proîts, loss of business, loss of use or data, interruption of business and the like), even if ASUS has been advised of the possibility of such damages arising from any defect or error in this manual or product. Speciîcations and information contained in this manual ae furnished for informational use only , and are subject to change at any time without notice, and should not be construed as a commitment by ASUS. ASUS assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this manual, including the products and software described in it. Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîed or altered, unless such repair , modiîcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneît, without intent to infringe. E5342 First Edition V1 February 2010
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 System package contents ........................................................... 1-2 1.2 Serial number label ...................................................................... 1-2 1.3î Systemîspeciîcations ................................................................. 1-3 1.4 Front panel features ..................................................................... 1-5 1.5 Rear panel features ...................................................................... 1-5 1.6 Internal features ........................................................................... 1-6 1.7 LED information ........................................................................... 1-7 1.7.1 Front panel LEDs ............................................................ 1-7 1.7.2 LAN (RJ-45) LEDs .......................................................... 1-8 1.7.3 HDD status LED .............................................................. 1-8 Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2.1 Chassis cover ............................................................................... 2-2 2.2 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-3 2.2.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-3 2.2.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and airduct .......................... 2-6 2.3 System memory ........................................................................... 2-8 2.3.1 Overview ......................................................................... 2-8 2.3.2 Memory Conîgurations ................................................... 2-8 2.3.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-10 2.3.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-10 2.4 Hard disk drives ......................................................................... 2-1 1 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-13 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-1 3 2.5.2 Conîguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-15 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-1 5 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots (x16 link; x8 link) ....................... 2-16 2.5.5 PCI slot ......................................................................... 2-1 6 2.5.6 PIKE slot ....................................................................... 2-16 2.6 Cable connections ..................................................................... 2-17 2.7 SA T AII/SAS backplane cabling ................................................. 2-18
iv Contents 2.8 Removable/optional components ............................................. 2-19 2.8.1 System fans .................................................................. 2-19 2.8.2 Redundant power supply module ................................. 2-20 2.8.3 Installing ASUS PIKE RAID card (optional) .................. 2-2 1 2.8.4 Installing ASMB4 series management board (optional) 2-2 3 Chapter 3: Installation options 3.1 Installing friction rail kit items .................................................... 3-2 3.1.1 Attaching the îxing latches to the server ........................ 3- 2 3.1.2 Attaching the rack rails .................................................... 3-3 3.1.3 Mounting the server to the rack ...................................... 3-4 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4.1 Motherboard layouts .................................................................... 4-2 4.2 Jumpers ........................................................................................ 4-4 4.3 Internal connectors ...................................................................... 4-9 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 5-2 5.1.1 AFUDOS utility ................................................................ 5- 2 5.1.2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................... 5-4 5.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 5-5 5.2.1 BIOS menu screen .......................................................... 5-6 5.2.2 Menu bar ......................................................................... 5-6 5.2.3 Navigation keys ............................................................... 5-6 5.2.4 Menu items ..................................................................... 5-7 5.2.5 Sub-menu items .............................................................. 5-7 5.2.6 Conîguration îelds ......................................................... 5-7 5.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................... 5-7 5.2.8 Scroll bar ......................................................................... 5-7 5.2.9 General help ................................................................... 5-7 5.3 Main menu .................................................................................... 5-8 5.3.1 System T ime ................................................................... 5-8 5.3.2 System Date ................................................................... 5-8 5.3.3 SA T A1â6 ......................................................................... 5-9 5.3.4 IDE Conîguration .......................................................... 5-1 0 5.3.5 AHCI Conîguration ........................................................5-1 1
v Contents 5.3.6 System Information ....................................................... 5-1 2 5.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 5-13 5.4.1 CPU Conîguration ........................................................ 5-13 5.4.2 Chipset Conîguration ................................................... 5-17 5.4.3 Legacy Device Conîguration ........................................ 5-20 5.4.4 USB Conîguration ........................................................ 5-21 5.4.5 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 5-22 5.4.6 Power On Conîguration ................................................ 5-23 5.4.7 Event Log Conîguration ............................................... 5-2 4 5.4.8 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 5-24 5.4.9 Conîgure I/O Virtualization Parameters ........................ 5-2 5 5.4.10 PCI Express Conîguration ............................................ 5-26 5.4.1 1 ACPI Conîguration ....................................................... 5-26 5.5 Server menu ............................................................................... 5-28 5.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 5-30 5.6.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 5-30 5.6.2 Boot Settings Conîguration .......................................... 5-31 5.6.3 Security ......................................................................... 5-3 2 5.7 Exit menu .................................................................................... 5-34 Chapterî6:î RAIDîconîguratio n 6.1 Setting up RAID ............................................................................ 6-2 6.1.1 RAID deînitions .............................................................. 6- 2 6.1.2 Installing hard disk drives ................................................ 6- 2 6.1.3 RAID controller selection ................................................ 6-3 6.1.4 Setting the RAID item in BIOS ........................................ 6-3 6.2î î LSIîSoftwareîRAIDîConîgurationîUtility .................................... 6-4 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set ........................................................ 6-5 6.2.2 Adding or viewing a RAID conîguration ........................6-1 1 6.2.3 Initializing the virtual drives ........................................... 6-1 2 6.2.4 Rebuilding failed drives ................................................. 6-16 6.2.5 Checking the drives for data consistency ..................... 6-17 6.2.6 Deleting a RAID conîguration ....................................... 6-20 6.2.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set ...................... 6-21 6.2.8 Enabling WriteCache .................................................... 6-22 6.3 Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ................. 6-23
vi Contents 6.3.1 Creating a RAID set ...................................................... 6-24 6.3.2 Creating a Recovery set ............................................... 6-2 5 6.3.3 Deleting a RAID set ...................................................... 6-27 6.3.4 Resetting disks to Non-RAID ........................................ 6-28 6.3.5 Recovery V olume Options ............................................ 6-29 6.3.6 Exiting the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager .................... 6-3 0 6.3.7 Rebuilding the RAID ..................................................... 6-3 0 6.3.8 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility ............ 6-3 2 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 7-2 7.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk ............................................ 7- 2 7.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver ................................ 7-5 7.2 Intel ® chipset device installation .............................................. 7-17 7.3 LAN driver installation ............................................................... 7-19 7.4 VGA driver installation............................................................... 7-22 7.5 Management applications and utilities installation ................ 7-24 7.5.1 Running the support DVD ............................................. 7-24 7.5.2 Drivers menu ................................................................. 7-24 7.5.3 Utilities menu ................................................................ 7-25 7.5.4 Make disk menu ............................................................ 7-25
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This e quipment has been teste d and found to comply w ith th e limits fo r a Cl ass B digi tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rul es. These limi ts are desi gned to pro vide reasona ble protect ion against harmful int erfere nce in a re sident ial instal lation. This equipm ent ge nerate s, uses and can radiate radio frequ ency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with m anufacturer âs ins tructi ons, may ca use harmful interferenc e to radio c ommunicatio ns. Ho wever , there is no guaran tee that i nterfe rence will not occur in a parti cular inst allati on. If thi s equipment does c ause harmful interferen ce to radio or televisi on rec eption, whi ch can be determ ined by turn ing the equ ipment of f and on, t he user is encouraged t o try to correc t the interf erence by o ne or more o f the follo wing m easures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit dif ferent from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. W ARNING! The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâs authority to operate this equipment. REACH Information Complying with the REACH (Reg istration, Evaluatio n, Authoriz ation, and Restrict ion of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://green.asus.com/english/REACH.htm.
viii Safety information Electrical Safety ⢠Before installing or removing signal cables, ensure that the power cables for the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged. ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîed service technician or your dealer . Operation Safety ⢠Any mechanical operation on this server must be conducted by certiîed or experienced engineers. ⢠Before operating the server , carefully read all the manuals included with the server package. ⢠Before using the server , ensure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If any damage is detected, contact your dealer as soon as possible. ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠A void dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Place the server on a stable surface. Lithium-Ion Battery W arning CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturerâs instructions. CD-ROM Drive Safety W arning CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT Heavy System CAUTION! This server system is heavy . Ask for assistance when moving or carrying the system. This product is equipped with a three-wire power cable and plug for the userâs safety . Use the power cable with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid electrical shock.
ix About this guide Audience This user guide is intended for system integrators, and experienced users with at least basic knowledge of conîguring a server . Contents This guide contains the following parts: 1. Chapter 1: Product Introduction This chapter describes the general features of the server , including sections on front panel and rear panel speciîcations. 2. Chapter 2: Hardware setup This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing or removing system components. 3. Chapter 3: Installation options This chapter describes how to install optional components into the barebone server . 4. Chapter 4: Motherboard information This chapter gives information about the motherboard that comes with the server . This chapter includes the motherboard layout, jumper settings, and connector locations. 5. Chapter 5: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus and describes the BIOS parameters. 6.î Chapterî6:îRAIDîconîguration This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. 7 Chapter 7: Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components. DO N OT t hr ow t he m ot he rb oa rd in m un ic ip al w as te . Th is p ro du ct ha s be en d es ig ne d to e na bl e pr op er r eu se o f par ts a nd r ec yc li ng . T hi s sy mb ol o f th e cr os se d ou t wh ee le d bi n in di ca te s th at t he p ro duc t (e le ct ri ca l an d el ec tr oni c eq ui pm en t) s ho ul d no t be pl ac ed i n mu ni ci pa l wa st e. Ch ec k lo ca l re gu la ti on s fo r d is po sa l of e le ct ro ni c pr od uc ts . DO NOT throw the mercury-containing button cell battery in municipal waste. This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste.
x References Refer to the following sources for additional information, and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS Server Web-based Management (ASWM) user guide This manual tells how to set up and use the proprietary ASUS server management utility . 2. ASUS websites Th e A SUS we bs it es wor ld wi de pro vid e up dat ed in fo rma tio n f or a ll ASU S ha rdw are an d so ftw are p ro duc ts. Re fe r to the A SU S c ont act i nf orm ati on. Conventions T o ensure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key . Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
1- ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter describes the general features of the chassis kit. It includes sections on front panel and rear panel speciîcations. Chapter 1 Product introduction
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-2 *ASUS System Web-based Management If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.1 System package contents Check your system package for the following items. Model Name RS720-E6/RS12 Chassis ASUS R20C 2U Rackmount Chassis Motherboard ASUS Z8PE-D18 Server Board Component 1 x 770W Redundant Power Supply 1 x SA T AII/SAS HDD Backplane (BP12LX-R20A) 12 x hot-swap HDD trays 1 x Front I/O Board (LED board, FPB-R20A) 1 x Front I/O Board (USB board, USB-R20A) 4 x System Fans (80 x 38mm) 1 x Redundant Power Supply Distribution Board (PDB-R20A) 1 x Air Duct Accessories 1 x RS720-E6/RS12 Userâs Guide 1 x ASWM 2.0 Userâs Guide 1 x RS720-E6/RS12 Support CD (including ASWM*) 1 x Bag of Screws 1 x AC Power Cable 1 x Friction Rail Kit Optional Items CA eTrust Anti-virus Software CD Second 770W Redundant Power Supply Module CPU Heatsink 1.2 Serial number label Before requesting support from the ASUS T echnical Support team, you must take note of the productâs serial number containing 14 characters such as xxS0xxxxxxxxxx. See the îgure below . With the correct serial number of the product, ASUS T echnical Support team members can then offer a quicker and satisfying solution to your problems. xxS0xxxxxxxxxx RS720-E6/RS12
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 1-3 1.3î Systemîspeciî¿cations The ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 is a server featuring the ASUS Z8PE-D18 server board. The server supports Intel ® LGA1366 Xeon ® series processors with EM64T technology , plus other latest technologies through the chipsets onboard. (continued on the next page) Model Name RS720-E6/RS12 Processor / System Bus 2 x Socket LGA1366 Six/Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® X5600 Series (95W) Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® X5500 Series (95W) Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® E5500 Series (80W) Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® L5500 Series (60W/38W) QPI 4.8 / 5.86 / 6.4 GT/s Core Logic Intel ® 5520 I/O Hub Intel ® ICH10R ASUS Features Fan Speed Control â ASWM 2.0 â Memory T otal Slots 18 (3-channel per CPU, 9 DIMMs per CPU) Capacity Maximum up to 144GB (RDIMM) Maximum up to 48GB (UDIMM) Memory T ype DDR3 1333 / 1066 / 800 Reg DIMM / Unbuffered DIMM with ECC Memory Size 1GB, 2GB, 4GB and 8GB (RDIMM) 1GB, 2GB and 4GB (UDIMM) Expansion Slots T otal PCI/PCI-X/ PCI-E Slots 5 Slot T ype Low-proîle slots: - Slot 1: PCI-E x8 (G1 x4 link) (Auto disabled if PIKE slot is occupied) - Slot 2: PCI - Slot 3: PCI-E x16 (G2 x16 link) (Auto switch to x8 link if slot 4 is occupied) - Slot 4: PCI-E x16 (G2 x8 link) - Slot 5: PCI-E x16 (G2 x16 link) Additional Slot 1 x PIKE slot for storage enhancement Storage SA T A Controller Intel ® ICH10R: - 6 x SA T A2 300MB/s ports - Intel ® Matrix Storage (for Windows only) - Supports software RAID 0, 1, 5 & 10 LSI MegaRAID (for Linux / Windows) - Supports software RAID 0, 1 & 10 SAS Controller Optional: ASUS PIKE 1068E 8-port SAS RAID card ASUS PIKE 1078 8-port SAS HW RAID card ASUS PIKE 6480 8-port SAS RAID card HDD Bays I = Internal A or S will be hot-swappable 8 x Hot-swap 3.5â SA T AII/SAS HDD Bays (available only when an optional ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card is installed) 4 x Hot-swap 3.5â SA T AII HDD Bays
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-4 *Speciîcationsîareîsubjectîtoîchangeîwithoutînotice. Networking LAN 1 x Dual Port Intel 82576EB (VMD q) 1 x Mgmt LAN Graphic VGA Aspeed AST2050 / 8MB Onboard I/O 1 x External Serial Port 3 x RJ-45 ports (1 for ASMB4-iKVM) 4 x USB 2.0 ports (Front x 2, Rear x 2) 1 x VGA port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port OS Support Windows ® Server 2008 R2 Windows ® Server 2008 Enterprise 32 / 64-bit Windows ® Server 2003 R2 Enterprise 32 / 64-bit RedHat ® Enterprise Linux AS5.0 32 / 64-bit SuSE ® Linux Enterprise Server 10.0 32 / 64-bit (Subject to change without any notice) Anti-virus Software Optional CA eTrust Anti-virus Software CD Management Solution Out of Band Remote Hardware Optional ASMB4-iKVM for KVM-over-IP support Software ASUS ASWM 2.0 Dimension (HH x WW x DD) 615mm x 444mm x 87mm (2U) Net Weight Kg (CPU, DRAM & HDD not inclu ded) 25 Kg Power Supply 770W (80 ) 1 1 Redundant Power Supply (Default with one Power Supply Module) Environment Operation temperature: 10°Câ35°C / Non operation temperature: -40°Câ70°C Non operation humidity: 20%â90% ( Non- condensing)
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 1-5 1.4 Front panel features The barebone server displays a simple yet stylish front panel with easily accessible features. The power and reset buttons, LED indicators, optical drive, and two USB ports are located on the front panel. Refer to section 1.7.1 Front panel LEDs for the LED descriptions. ⢠The ports for the PS/2 keyboard, PS/2 mouse, serial port, USB, VGA, and Gigabit LAN do not appear on the rear panel if motherboard is not present. ⢠*The port is for ASUS ASMB4-iKVM controller card only . 1.5 Rear panel features The rear panel includes the expansion slots, system power socket, and rear fans. The middle part includes the I/O shield with openings for the rear panel connectors on the motherboard. USB ports Power button Front panel LEDs Location switch Reset button HDD 1 (SAS) HDD 2 (SAS) HDD 3 (SAS) HDD 4 (SAS) HDD 5 (SAS) HDD 6 (SAS) HDD 7 (SAS) HDD 8 (SAS) HDD 9 (SA T A) HDD 10 (SA T A) HDD 1 1 (SA T A) HDD 12 (SA T A) PS/2 keyboard port USB ports LAN port 1 Serial port VGA port 7 Expansion slots LAN port 2 Power cord connector PS/2 mouse port Redundant power supply dummy cover LAN port 3*
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-6 1.6 Internal features The barebone server includes the basic components as shown. The barebone server does not inc lude a îoppy disk drive. Connect a USB îoppy disk drive to any of the USB ports on the front or rear panel if you need to use a îoppy disk. *W ARNING HAZARDOUS MOVING P AR TS KEEP FINGERS AND OTHER BODY P ARTS A WA Y 1. Power supply and p ower fan 2. ASUS Z8PE-D18 Server Board 3. System fans 4. SA T A/SAS backplane (hidden) 5. Hot-swap HDD tray 1â 12 (SAS and SA T A) 6. Front USB I/O Board (USB-R20A) 7. Front LED Board (FPB- R20A) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A protection îlm is pre-attached to the front cover before shipping. Please remove the protection îlm before turning on the system for proper heat dissipation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 1-7 1.7 LED information 1.7.1 Front panel LEDs Message LED LAN2 LED HDD Access LED LAN1 LED Power LED Location LED LED Icon Disp lay status Description Power LED ON System power ON HDD Access LED OFF No activity Blinking Read/write data into the HDD Message LED OFF System is normal; no incoming event ON 1. Without ASMB4-iKVM installed: CPU over-heated 2. With ASMB4-iKVM installed: a hardware monitor event is indicated Location LED OFF Normal status ON Location switch is pressed (Press the location switch again to turn off) LAN LEDs OFF No LAN connection Blinking LAN is transmitting or receiving data ON LAN connection is present
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-8 1.7.3 HDD status LED SA T AII/SAS HDD LED Description HDD Activity LED (Green) OFF HDD not present ON HDD present, no activity Blinking 1. Read/write data from/into the SA T AII/SAS HDD 2. Locating (blinking with the HDD status LED) HDD Status LED (Red) OFF HDD not present ON HDD has failed and should be swapped immediately Blinking 1. RAID rebuilding 2. Locating (blinking with the HDD activity LED) 1.7.2 LAN (RJ-45) LEDs ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED HDD Activity LED (Green) HDD Status LED (Red)
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2- This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing or removing system components. Chapter 2 Hardware setup
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-2 2.1 Chassis cover 2. Firmly hold the cover and slide it toward the rear panel for about half an inch until it is disengaged from the chassis. 3. Lift the cover from the chassis. 1. Loosen the two thumbscrews on the rear panel to release the rear cover from the chassis. Removing the rear cover Thumbscrews 1/2 inch distance
2-3 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.2.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.2 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with two surface mount LGA1366 sockets designed for the Intel ® Xeon ® Dual/Quad Core processor . ⢠Y our boxed Intel ® Xeon ® LGA1366 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU and heatsink. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter . ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, ensure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA1366 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. Before installing the CPU, ensure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-4 T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2. Press the loa d lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. A B Load lever Retention tab 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135º angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreînger to a 100º angle. Load plate 4 3 5. Remove the PnP cap from the CPU socket. PnP cap
2-5 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 The CPU îts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Position the CPU over the socket, ensuring that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket, and then ît the socket alignment key into the CPU notch. Gold triangle mark Alignment key CPU notch 7. Apply some Thermal Interface Material to the exposed area of the CPU that the heatsink will be in contact with, ensuring that it is spread in an even thin layer . Some heatsinks come with pre- applied thermal paste. If so, skip this step. T o prevent contaminating the paste, DO NOT spread the paste with your înger directly . DO NOT eat the thermal Interface Material. If it gets into your eyes or touches your skin, ensure that you wash it off immediately and seek professional medical help. 8. Close the load plate (A), and then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. A B
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-6 2. T wist each of the four screws with a Philips (cross) screwdriver just enough to attach the heatsink to the motherboard. When the four screws are attached, tighten them one by one to completely secure the heatsink. 2.2.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and airduct T o install the CPU heatsink: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, ensuring that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. T o install the airduct: 1. Position the airduct on top of the heatsink. Carefully lower the airduct until it îts in place. T ighten the four heatsink screws in a diagonal sequence. A B B A
2-7 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2. Secure the airduct with one screw .
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-8 2.3 System memory 2.3.1 Overview The motherboard comes w ith eighteen (18) Double Data Rate 3 (DDR3) Du al Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The îgure illustrates the location of the DDR3 DIMM sockets: 2.3.2î MemoryîConîgurations Y ou may install 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB and 8 GB registered DDR3 DIMMs with ECC or 1GB, 2GB and 4GB unbuffered DDR3 DIMMs with ECC into the DIMM sockets using the memory conîgurations in this section. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency . For optimum compatibility , it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . ⢠For CPU1 conîguraton, when installing only one DIMM, install it to the orange slots labeled DIMM_A1, DIMM_B1, or DIMM_C1. ⢠For CPU2 conîguraton, when installing only one DIMM, install it to the orange slots labeled DIMM_D1, DIMM_E1, or DIMM_F1.
2-9 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 Memory population table For UDIMM and Quad Ranks RDIMM: CPUî1îConîgurationî DIMM _A3 DIMM_A2 DIM M_A1 DIM M_B3 DIMM_B 2 DIMM _B1 DIMM _C3 DIM M_C2 DI MM_ C1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- CPUî2îConîguration DIM M_D3 DI MM_D 2 DI MM_D 1 DIMM _E3 DIMM_E2 DIM M_E1 DIMM_F3 DIMM_F2 DIMM_F1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- For RDIMM (Single Rank, Dual Ranks): CPUî1îConîgurationî DIMM _A3 DIMM_A2 DIM M_A1 DIM M_B3 DIMM_B 2 DIMM _B1 DIMM _C3 DIM M_C2 DI MM_ C1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- 7 DIMMs -- -- 8 DIMMs 9 DIMMs CPUî2îConîguration DIM M_D3 D IMM_ D2 DIMM _D1 DIMM_ E3 DIM M_E2 DIMM_E 1 DIMM_F3 DIMM_F2 DIMM_F1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- 7 DIMMs -- -- 8 DIMMs -- 9 DIMMs
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-10 2.3.3 Installing a DIMM 2.3.4 Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your îngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îips out with extra force. DIMM notch 1 1 2 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Ensure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îts in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip 1 DIMM notch 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip 2 1 3
2-1 1 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.4 Hard disk drives The system supports eight hot-swap SA T AII/SAS hard disk drives (available only when an optional ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card is installed) and four hot-swap SA T AII hard disk drives. The hard disk drive installed on the drive tray connects to the motherboard SA T AII/SAS ports via the SA T AII/SAS backplane. T o install a hot-swap SA T AII/SAS HDD: 1. Release a drive tray by pushing the spring lock to the right, then pulling the tray lever outward. The drive tray ejects slightly after you pull out the lever . spring lock 2. Firmly hold the tray lever and pull the drive tray out of the bay . 3. T ake note of the drive tray holes. Each side has three holes to ît different types of hard disk drives. Use two screws on each side to secure the hard disk drive. 4. Place a SA T AII/SAS hard disk drive on the tray , then secure it with four screws.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-12 5. Carefully insert the drive tray and push it all the way to the depth of the bay until just a small fraction of the tray edge protrudes. 6. Push the tray lever until it clicks, and secures the drive tray in place. The drive tray is correctly placed when its front edge aligns with the bay edge. 7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 if you wish to install other SA T AII/SAS drive(s). When installed, the SA T AII/SAS connector on the drive connects to the SA T AII/ SAS interface on the backplane.
2-13 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following subsections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. Ensure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 supports low-proîle expansion cards only . 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 2. Align the card golden îngers with the slot, and then press îrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 1. Remove the two screws on the metal bracket lock, and then set it aside. Remove the metal slot cover opposite the slot where you wish to install an expansion card. 3. Place the metal bracket lock, and secure it with two screws.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-14 1 2 1. Bend and break the airduct edge marked in the îgure below . 2. If the expansion card is still hindered by the airduct, bend and break the rest of the airduct edge marked in the îgure below . T o modify the size of the airduct: If you install an expansion card that is hindered by the airduct, follow the instructions below to modify the size of the airduct.
2-15 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ Priority Standard function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 - Programmable Interrupt 3* 1 1 Communications Port (COM2) 4* 12 Communications Port (COM1) 5* 13 -- 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7* 15 -- 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9* 4 ACPI Mode when used 10* 5 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 1 1* 6 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 12* 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14* 9 Primary IDE Channel 15* 10 Secondary IDE Channel 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard Interrupt assignments When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. 2.5.2î Conîguringîanîexpansionîcard After installing the expansion card, conîgure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 5 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-16 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots (x16 link; x8 link) The onboard PCI Express x16 slots provides two x16 link or one x16 link and two x8 links to Intel 5520 IOH chipset. These slots support VGA cards and various server class high performance add-on cards. 2.5.5 PCI slot The PCI slot supports cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîcations. 2.5.6 PIKE slot The PIKE slot allows you to choose and change your preferred SAS solution easily . Install an optional ASUS PIKE RAID card based on your needs. The PIKE Interface is for ASUS PIKE RAID card only . Slot 1: PCI-E x8 slot (Gen1 x4 link) (Auto turn off if PIKE slot is occupied) PIKE Interface Slot 2:PCI slot Slot 3: PCI-E x16 slot (Gen2 x16 link) (Auto switch to x8 link if slot 4 is occupied) Slot 4: PCI-E x16 slot (Gen2 x8 link) Slot 5: PCI-E x16 slot (Gen2 x16 link) This slot is not available.
2-17 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.6 Cable connections Pre-connected system cables 1. 24-pin SSI power connector (from power supply to motherboard) 2. 8-pin SSI power connector (from power supply to motherboard) 3. Power supply SMBus connector (from power supply to motherboard) 4. System fan connectors (from motherboard FRNT_F AN1, CPU_F AN1 FRNT_F AN2, FRNT_F AN3, CPU_F AN2, and FRNT_F AN4 to system fans) 5. USB connector (from motherboard to front I/O board) 6. Panel connector (from motherboard to front I/O board) 7. SA T A connectors (from motherboard to SA T AII/SAS backplane board) 8. SAS connectors (from motherboard to SA T AII/SAS backplane board) 9. Auxiliary panel connector (from motherboard to front I/O board) ⢠The bundled system cables are pre-connected before shipment. Y ou do not need to disconnect these cables unless you will remove pre-installed components to install additional devices. ⢠Refer to Chapter 4 for detailed information on the connectors. 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 4 4 4 4 4
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-18 2.7 SATAII/SAS backplane cabling MODE_SEL2: Set to pin 1-2 to enable SGPIO function (default). SGPIO1/2: Connects to the SGPIO1/2 connector on the motherboard. (For SAS HDD 1-8 and ASUS PIKE RAID card or 3rd party RAID card) SGPIO3*: Connects to the SGPIO3 connector on the motherboard. (For 3rd party RAID card only) SGPIO3_SB1*: Connects to the SGPIO connector on the motherboard to support ICH10R SA T A SGPIO function. MODE_SEL1: Set to pin 1-2 to enable SGPIO function (default). BPSMB1: Connects to the auxiliary panel connector on the motherboard. X A_SDIN A_SDOUT GND X A_SLOAD A_SCLK SGPIO1/2/3 pinîdeînition Connects a 8-pin plug from power supply Connects to the SAS connectors on the motherboard. Install an optional ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card or a 3rd party RAID card before using these ports. Connects to the Intel ® ICH10R SA T A connectors on the motherboard by factory default.
2-19 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.8 Removable/optional components Y ou may need to remove previously installed system components when installing or removing system devices. Or you may need to install the optional components into the system. This section tells how to remove/install the following components: 1. System fans 2. Redundant power supply module (optional) 3. ASUS PIKE RAID card (optional) 4. ASUS ASMB4-iKVM (optional) Ensure that the system is turned off before removing any components. 2.8.1 System fans T o uninstall the system fans: 1. Press inward to release the system fan. 2. Lift the fan, then set aside. 3. Repeat step 1 to 2 to uninstall the other system fans.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-20 2.8.2 Redundant power supply module T o install a second redundant power supply module: 1. Remove the redundant power supply dummy cover . 2. T ake out the seocond redundant power supply module from its package. Slide it into the chassis. 3. Firmly pull the lever to slide the power supply module into the chassis.
2-21 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.8.3 Installing ASUS PIKE RAID card (optional) Follow the ste ps below to ins tall an option al ASUS RAID car d on your moth erboard. 1. Locate the PIKE RAID card slot on the motherboard. 2. Align the golden îngers of the RAID card with the PIKE RAID card slot. 3. Insert the RAID card into the PIKE RAID card slot. Ensure that it is completely seated on the PIKE RAID card slot.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-22 Installing i Button (for PIKE 1078 only) Follow the steps below to install an optional i Button on your motherboard. 1. Locate the I Button slot on the motherboard. 2. Snap the I Button in place. Y ou need to install I Button before using PIKE 1078 functions.
2-23 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.8.4 Installing ASMB4 series management board (optional) Follow the steps below to install an optional ASMB4 series management board on your motherboard. 3. Insert the LAN cable plug to the LAN port 3 (dedicated LAN) or LAN port 1 (shared LAN) for server management. LAN port 3 LAN port 1 1. Locate the BMC_FW header on the motherboard. 2. Orient and press the ASMB4 management card in place.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-24
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2- This chapter describes how to install the optional components and devices into the barebone server . Chapter 3 Installation options
Chapter 3: Installation options 3-2 3.1 Installing friction rail kit items Y our friction rail kit package contains: ⢠T wo pairs of rack rails (for the rack) ⢠Nut-and-bolt type screws and one pair of server latches Nuts and screws Front rack rails Rear rack rails 3.1.1î Attachingîtheîîxingîlatchesîtoîtheîserver Refer to the image below for the locations to attach the two îxing latches to the two sides of the server with four screws. Fixing latch
3-3 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 3.1.2 Attaching the rack rails T o attach the rack rails 1. Place the two front rail rack joints into the rear rail rack slots, as shown in the following îgure. 2. Attach the front and rear rail racks with eight screws and nuts, as shown in the following îgure. Do not secure the screws too tight so that you can still adjust the length of the rack rails to meet the depth of the server rack. Front rail rack Rear rail rack Frontîrailîrackîjoints Rear rail rack slots 7. Secure the front end of the rail with two rack screws, as shown in the right îgure. 8. Secure the rear end of the rail with two rack screws, as shown in the right îgure. 9. Fasten the eight screw you secure in step 2, as shown in the right îgure. 10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 to assemble and attach the rack rail on the other side. 3. Select two units of space (2U) on the rack where you want to install the barebone server . 4. Measure the depth of the rack to determine the length of the rack rails. 5. Adjust the rack rail to ensure that it îts the rack. 6. Position the rack rail to the 2U space on the rack. Ensure that the front end of the rack rail goes to the front of the rack space. 7 9 8 7 9 8
Chapter 3: Installation options 3-4 3.1.3 Mounting the server to the rack T o mount the server to the rack 1. Place the server on the rack rails, and then push the server all the way to the depth of the rack. T o uninstall the server from the rack 1. Loosen the rack screws that secured the server to the rack. 2. Pull the server from the rack. Remember to press the latches on both sides to release the server from the rack. 2. T ighten the two rack screws to secure the server in place.
3- 4-1 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter includes the motherboard layout, and brief descriptions of the jumpers and internal connectors. Chapter 4 Motherboard info
4-2 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4.1 Motherboard layouts
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-3 Layout contents Jumpers Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLR TC1) 4-4 2. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_SW1) 4-5 3. CPU Fan and Chassis Fan control setting (3-pin CPUF AN_SEL1, CHAF AN_SEL1) 4-5 4. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_SW1, LAN_SW2) 4-6 5. DDR3 voltage control setting (4-pin L VDDR3_SEL1; L VDDR3_SEL2 4-6 6. iBTN RAID setting (3-pin IBTN_SEL1) 4-7 7. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) 4-8 8. RAID conîguration utility selection (3-pin RAID_SEL1) 4-8 Internal connectors Page 1. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1â4 [red], SA T A5â6 [black]) 4-9 2. SAS connectors (7-pin SAS1â4 [red], SAS5â8 [blue]) 4-10 3. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 4-10 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB34, USB56; 4-pin USB7) 4-1 1 5. Thermal sensor cable conectors (3-pin TR1, TR2) 4-1 1 6. CPU, front and rear fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1, CPU_F AN2, FRNT_F AN1, FRNT_F AN2, FRNT_FAN3, FRNT_F AN4, REAR_F AN1, REAR_F AN2 4-12 7. LPC debug card connector (14-1 pin LPC1) 4-12 8. Seri al Gen eral Pu rpose Input/O utput connec tor (6-1 p in SGPI O1) 4-13 9. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connectors (8-1 pin SGPIO2/3) 4-13 10. Serial port connectors (10-1 pin COM2) 4-14 1 1. BMC header (BMC_FW1) 4-14 12. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) 4-15 13. SSI power connectors (24-pin A TXPWR1, 8-pin A TX12V1/2) 4-15 14. System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) 4-16 15. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_P ANEL1) 4-17
4-4 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4.2 Jumpers 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, t ime, and system setup paramet ers by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Move the jumper cap from pins 1â2 (default) to pins 2â3. Keep the cap on pin s 2â3 for about 5â 10 seconds, then move t he cap back to pi ns 1â2 . 3. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 4. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLR TC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! If the steps above do not help, remove the onboard battery and move the jumper again to clear the CMOS RTC RAM data. After the CMOS clearance, reinstall the battery .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-5 2. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_SW1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the onboard VGA controller . Set to pins 1â2 to activate the VGA feature. 3. CPU Fan and Chassis Fan control setting (3-pin CPUF AN_SEL1, CHAF AN_SEL1) These jumpers allow you to switch for fan pin selection. The CPUF AN_SEL1 jumper is for the CPU fans control and the CHAF AN_SEL1 jumper is for the front fans and rear fans control. Set to pins 1â2 when using 4-pin fans or pins 2â3 when using 3-pin fans. ⢠If you use a 4-pin fan but set the jumper to pin 2-3, the fan you installed may not work. ⢠If you use a 3-pin fan but set the jumper for a 4-pin fan, the fan control will not work and the fan you installed will always run at full speed.
4-6 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_SW1, LAN_SW2) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard Intel ® 82576EB Gigabit LAN controllers. Set to pins 1-2 to activate the Gigabit LAN feature. 5. DDR3 voltage control setting (4-pin L VDDR3_SEL1; L VDDR3_SEL2) These jumpers allow you to adjust the DIMM voltage. Set to pins 1â2 to select 1.5V BIOS control, pins 2â3 to select 1.2V Force or 3â4 to select 1.35V Force.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-7 6. iBTN RAID setting (3-pin IBTN_SEL1) This jumper allows you to select the RAID conîguration utility to use when you create disk arrays. Place the jumper caps on pins 1â2 if you install a PIKE RAID card to the motherboard and want to use the LSI Logic MPT Setup Utility (defaul t). Or you can place the jumper caps on pins 2â3 to create the LSI Mega RAID 5 supported by Intel ® ICH10R SA T A controller . ⢠LSI Logic MPT Setup Utility is available only when you install a PIKE RAID card. ⢠LSI Mega RAID 5 fucntion is available only when you place the iBTN to I_BTN1 slot and install an optional ASUS PIKE RAID card.
4-8 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 7. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVER Y1) This jumper allows you to quickly update or recover the BIOS settings when it becomes corrupted. T o update the BIOS: 1. Prepare a USB îash disk that contains the original or latest BIOS for the motherboard (XXXXXX.ROM) and the AFUDOS.EXE utility . 2. Set the jumper to pins 2â3. 3. Insert the USB îash and turn on the system to update the BIOS. 4. Shut down the system. 5. Set the jumper back to pins 1â2. 6. Turn on the system. 8.î RAIDîconîgurationîutilityîselectionî(3-pinîRAID_SEL1) This jumper allows you to select the RAID conîguration utility to use when you create disk arrays. Place the jumper caps over pins 1â2 if you want to use the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility (default); otherwise, place the jumper caps to pins 2â3 to use the Intel® Matrix Storage Manager .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-9 4.3 Internal connectors 1. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1, SA T A2, SA T A3, SA T A4; RED) (7-pin SA T A5, SA T A6; Black) Supported by the Intel ® ICH10R chipset, these connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives that allows up to 3Gb/s of data transfer rate. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, or RAID 5 conîguration. The actual data transfer rate depends on the speed of Serial A T A hard disks installed.
4-10 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 3. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) Thi s LED connec tor is for the stora ge add -on c ard ca ble co nnecte d to the SA T A or SA S add -on card. The read or wr ite ac tiviti es of any d evi ce connec ted to the SA T A o r S AS add-on card cause s t he front panel LED t o l igh t up. 2. SAS connectors (7-pin SAS1, SAS2, SAS3, SAS4; Red) (7-pin SAS5, SAS6, SAS7, SAS8; Blue) Thi s moth erboa rd comes with eight (8) S erial Atta che d SCSI (SAS ) conn ector s, the next- genera tion s torag e t echnol ogy th at su ppo rts both Serial Attac hed SCS I (SAS ) and Serial A T A (S A T A). E ach conne ctor s uppor ts one devic e. These connectors function only when you install a PIKE RAID card.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-1 1 4. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34, USB56; A-T ype USB7) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cables to connectors USB34 and USB56, then install the modules to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. 5. Thermal sensor cable connectors (3-pin TR1, TR2) These connectors are for temperature monitoring. Connect the thermal sensor cables to these connectors and place the other ends to the devices, which you want to monitor temperature.
4-12 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 6. CPU, front and rear fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1, CPU_F AN2, FRNT_F AN1, FRNT_F AN2, FRNT_F AN3, FRNT_F AN4, REAR_F AN1, REAR_F AN2) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mAâ740 mA (8.88 W max.) or a total of 3.15 Aâ6.66 A (53.28 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, ensuring that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . ⢠DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufîcient air îow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. ⢠These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠All fans feature the ASUS Smart Fan technology . 7. LPC debug card connector (14-1 pin LPC1) This is a low pin count interface used to plug in the LPC debug card.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-13 8. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connector (6-1 pin SGPIO1) This connector is used for the SGPIO peripherals for the LSI MegaRAID and Intel Matrix RAID SA T A LED. 9. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connectors (8-1 pin SGPIO2/3) These connector is used for the SAS chip SGPIO interface that controls the LED pattern generation, device information and general purpose data. These connectors functions only when you install an ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card.
4-14 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 10. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. O_DCD2 O_TXD2 GND O_RTS2 O_RI2 O_RXD2 O_DTR2 O_DSR2 O_CTS2 1 1. BMC header (BMC_FW1) The BMC connector on the motherboard supports an ASUS ® Server Management Board 4 Series (ASMB4).
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-15 12. Power Supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) to the power supply unit to read PSU information. Devices communicate with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices using the SMBus interface. 13. SSI power connectors (24-pin SSIPWR1, 8-pin SSI12V1, 8-pin SSI12V2) These connectors are for an SSI power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to ît these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îrmly until the connectors completely ît. ⢠DO NOT forget to connect the 24 8 8-pin power plugs; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power o utput is recommended when conîguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Ensure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system.
4-16 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 14. System panel connector (20-pin P ANEL1) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. 1. System power LED (3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. 2. Message LED (2-pin MLED) This 2-pin connector is for the message LED cable that connects to the front message LED. The message LED is controlled by Hardware monitor to indicate an abnormal event occurance. 3. System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. 4. Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin HDDLED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. 5. SSI power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . 6. Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-17 15. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_P ANEL1) This connector is for additional front panel features including front panel SMB, locator LED and switch, chassis intrusion, and LAN LEDs. 1. Front panel SMB (6-1 pin FPSMB) These leads connect the front panel SMBus cable. 2. LAN activity LED (2-pin LAN1_LED, LAN2_LED ) These leads are for Gigabit LAN activity LEDs on the front panel. 3. Chassis intrusion (4-1 pin CHASSIS) These leads are for the intrusion detection feature for chassis with intrusion sensor or microswitch. When you remove any chassis component, the sensor triggers and sends a high-level signal to these leads to record a chassis intrusion event. The default setting is short CASEOPEN and GND pin by jumper cap to disable the function. 4. Locator LED (2-pin LOCA TORLED1 and 2-pin LOCA TORLED2) These leads are for the locator LED1 and LED2 on the front panel. Connect the Locator LED cables to these 2-pin connector . The LEDs will light up when the Locator button is pressed. 5. Locator Button/Swich (2-pin LOCA TORBTN) These leads are for the locator button on the front panel. This button queries the state of the system locator .
4-18 Chapter 4: Motherboard information
3- ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS p arameters are also provided. Chapter 5 BIOS setup
5-2 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup: 1. AFUDOS utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable USB îash drive.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (T o recover the BIOS using a USB îash drive when the BIOS île fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS île to a bootable USB îash drive in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the AFUDOS utility . 5.1.1 AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS île in DOS environment using a bootable USB îash drive with the updated BIOS île. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS île that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS T o copy the current BIOS île using the AFUDOS utility: ⢠Ensure that the USB îash drive is not write-protected and has at least 2048 KB free space to save the île. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only . The actual BIOS screen displays may not be the same as shown. 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable USB îash drive. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, and then at the prompt type: afudos /o[î¿lename] where the [îlename] is any user-assigned îlename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main îlename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. Mainîîlename Extension name A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS île to the USB îash drive. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AM I F irm war e Upd ate Ut ili ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. Reading îash ..... done Write to î¿le...... ok A:\> The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS île.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-3 UpdatingîtheîBIOSîîle T o update the BIOS île using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) and download the latest BIOS île for the motherboard. Save the BIOS île to a bootable USB îash drive. Write the BIOS îlename on a piece of paper . Y ou need to type the exact BIOS îlename at the DOS prompt. 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable USB îash drive. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, and then at the prompt type: afudos /i[î¿lename] where [îlename] is the latest or the original BIOS île on the bootable USB îash drive, and then press <Enter>. A:\>afudos /iZ8NRD12.ROM A:\>afudos /iZ8NRD12.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îash ...... done Writing îash ...... 0x0008CC00 (9%) The utility veriîes the île, and then starts updating the BIOS île. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iZ8NRD12.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îash ...... done Writing îash ...... done Verifying îash .... done Please restart your computer A:\>
5-4 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.1.2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS île when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS île using a USB îash drive that contains the updated BIOS île. Prepare a USB îash drive containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility . T o recover the BIOS using ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 1. Insert the USB îash disk that contains the BIOS île to the USB port. 2. T urn on the system. 3. The utility will automatical ly checks the devices for the BIOS île. When found, the utility reads the BIOS île and starts îashing the corrupted BIOS île. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while recovering the BIOS! Doing so would cause system boot failure! The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS île.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-5 5.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable îrmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section 5.1 Managing and updating your BIOS . Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîguring your system, or prompted to âRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the îrmware chip. The îrmware chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Setup Defaults item under the Exit Menu. See section 5.7 Exit Menu . ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS île for this motherboard.
5-6 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Server For changing the advanced server settings Boot For changing the system boot conîguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 5.2.3 Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 5.2.1 BIOS menu screen Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another . v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure system Date. ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Navigation keys General help Menu bar Sub-menu items Conîgurationîîelds Menu items System Time [13:44:30] System Date [Tue, 11/04/2009] SATA 1 : [ST3160812AS] SATA 2 : [Not Detected] SATA 3 : [Not Detected] SATA 4 : [Not Detected] SATA 5 : [Not Detected] SATA 6 : [TSSTcorp CDDVDW TS] IDE Conî¿guration AHCI Conî¿guration System Information
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-7 5.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 5.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 5.2.6î Conîgurationîîelds These îelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîgurable, you can change the value of the îeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîgurable. A conîgurable îeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to 5.2.7 Pop-up window. 5.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîguration options for that item. 5.2.8 Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not ît on the screen. Press the Up/ Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 5.2.9 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced CPU Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration USB Functions [12 USB Ports] USB Port Conî¿gure [8X4 USB Ports] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] HDA Controller [Enabled] SMBUS Controller [Enabled] SLP_S4# Min. Assertion Width [1 to 2 seconds] PCIE Ports Conî¿guration PCIE Port 0 [Auto] PCIE Port 1 [Auto] PCIE Port 2 [Auto] PCIE Port 3 [Auto] PCIE Port 4 [Auto] PCIE Port 5 [Auto] PCIE High Priority Port [Disabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Options Disabled 2 USB Ports 4 USB Ports 6 USB Ports 8 USB Ports 10 USB Ports 12 USB Ports Scroll bar Disabled 2 USB Ports 4 USB Ports 6 USB Ports 8 USB Ports 10 USB Ports 12 USB Ports Pop-up window
5-8 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 5.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 5.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. Refer to section 5.2.1 BIOS menu screen for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure system Date. System Time [13:44:30] System Date [Tue, 11/04/2009] SATA 1 : [ST3160812AS] SATA 2 : [Not Detected] SATA 3 : [Not Detected] SATA 4 : [Not Detected] SATA 5 : [Not Detected] SATA 6 : [TSSTcorp CDDVDW TS] IDE Conî¿guration AHCI Conî¿guration System Information ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-9 5.3.3 SA T A1â6 The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, V endor , Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and S.M.A.R.T . monitoring). These values are not user-conîgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-Sector T ransfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the data transfer mode. Conîguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main SATA 1 Device :Hard Disk Vendor :ST3160812AS Size :160.0GB LBA Mode :Supported Block Mode:16Sectors PIO Mode :4 Async DMA :MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA :Ultra DMA-6 S.M.A.R.T.:Supported LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-Sector Transfer)M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Select the type of device connected to the system. The P A T A device is for ODD (optical disk drive) only .
5-10 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.3.4î IDEîConîguration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the conîgurations for the IDE devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you wish to conîgure the item. SA T A îConîgurationî[Enhanced] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced] Configure SA T A as [IDE] Sets the conîguration for the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. Conîguration options: [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] ⢠If you want to use the Serial A T A hard disk drives as Parallel A T A physical storage devices, keep the default setting [IDE]. ⢠If you want the Serial A T A hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Controller Interface (AHCI), set this item to [AHCI]. The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial A T A features that increases storage performance on random workloads by allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. ⢠If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10, or the Intel ® Matrix Storage T echnology conîguration from the Serial A T A hard disk drives, set this item to [RAID]. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main IDE Conî¿guration SATA Conî¿guration [Enhanced] Conî¿gure SATA as [IDE] Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] Options Disabled Compatible Enhanced DMA Mode [Auto] Sets the DMA mode. Conîguration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting T echnology . Conîguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data T ransfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-1 1 Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] Disables or enables device write protection. This will be ef fective only if the device is accessed through BIOS. Conîguration option: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] Selects the time out value for detecting A T A/A T API devices. Conîguration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35] SA T A Port0 [Auto] Allows you to select the type of device connected to the system. Conîguration options: [Auto] [Not Installed] SMART Monitoring [Enabled] Allows you to set the Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting T echnology . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AHCI CD/DVD Boot Time out [35] Selects the boot time out value for SA T A CD/DVD devices in AHCI mode. Congifuration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35] SA T A Port1â6 [XXXX] Displays the status of auto-detection of SA T A devices. 5.3.5î AHCIîConîguration This menu is the section for AHCI conîguration. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AHCI Settings AHCI CD/DVD Boot Time out [35] SATA Port1 [Not Detected] SATA Port2 [Not Detected] SATA Port3 [Not Detected] SATA Port4 [Not Detected] SATA Port5 [Not Detected] SATA Port6 [Not Detected] Some SATA CD/DVD in AHCI mode need to wait ready longer. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main SATA Port1 Device :Not Detected SATA Port0 [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Enabled] Select the type of device connected to the system.
5-12 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.3.6 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMIBIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU speciîcation. System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory . System Memory Information Displays system memory information. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AMIBIOS Version : 0703 Build Date: 01/28/10 Processor Type : Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU L5506 @ 2.13GHz Speed : 1600MHz System Memory Usable Size : 1016MB Onboard LAN1 Address : 90.E6.BA.1E.4B.86 Onboard LAN2 Address : 90.E6.BA.1E.4B.87 System Memory Information BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AMIBIOS CPU1 Memory Conî¿guration CPU2 Memory Conî¿guration CPU1/2 Memory Configuration Allows you to check information of installed memory (9 DIMMs per CPU).
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-13 5.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îeld values can cause the system to malfunction. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Conî¿gure CPU. CPU Conî¿guration Chipset Conî¿guration Legacy Device Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration PCIPnP Conî¿guration APM Conî¿guration Event Log Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor I/O Virtualization PCI Express Conî¿guration ACPI Conî¿guration ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit 5.4.1î CPUîConîguration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Some items may not appear if your CPU does not support the related functions. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Conî¿gure advanced CPU settings Module Version:3F.11 Manufacturer:Intel Brand String:Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU L5506 Frequency :1.60GHz BCLK Speed :133MHz Cache L1 :256 KB Cache L2 :1024 KB Cache L3 :4096 KB Ratio Status:Unlocked (Min:12, Max:16) Ratio Actual Value :12 Ratio CMOS Setting: [Auto] C1E Support [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] MPS and ACPI MADT ordering [Modern ordering] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Intel(R) Virtualization Tech [Enabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Sets the ratio between CPU Core Clock and the FSB Frequency. Note:If an invalid ratio is set in CMOS then actual and setpoint values may differ. Scroll down for more items. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. CPU TM Function [Enabled] Execute-Disable Bit Capability [Enabled] Intel(R) HT Technology [Enabled] Active Processor Cores [All] A20M [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep(TM) Tech [Enabled] Intel(R) C-STATE Tech [Enabled] C3 State [ACPI C3] C6 State [Enabled] C State package limit setting [Auto] C1 Auto Demotion [Enabled] C3 Auto Demotion [Enabled] ACPI T State [Enabled]
5-14 Chapter 5: BIOS setup Ratio CMOS Setting [Auto] Allows you to adjust the rati o between CPU Core Clock and BCLK Frequency . Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the value. Conî gurat ion opti ons: [Au to] [12. 0] [ 13.0 ] [14 .0] [15. 0] [16.0 ] [17.0] [18 .0] [19.0 ] [20.0] C1E Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable Enhanced Halt State support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Hardware Prefetcher function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AdjacentîCacheîLineîPrefetchî[Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] MPS and ACPI MADT ordering [Modern ordering] Allows you to set MPS and ACPI MADT ordering. Choose [Modern ordering] for Windows XP or later OSes. Choose [Legacy ordering] for Windows 2000 or earlier OSes. Conîguration options: [Modern ordering] [Legacy ordering] Max CPUID V alue Limit [Disabled] [Enabled] Allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. [Disabled] Disables this function. Intel(R) Virtualization T ech [Enabled] The Intel ® Virtualization T echnology allows a hardware platform to run multiple operating systems separately and simultaneously , enabling one system to virtually function as several systems. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU TM Function [Enabled] This function enables the overheated CPU to throttle the clock speed to cool down. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute-Disable Bit Capability [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection T echnology . Setting th is item to [Disable d] forces the XD feature îag to always return to zero (0) . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-15 Intel(R) HT T echnology [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Intel Hyper-Threading T echnology function. When disabled, only one thread per activated core is enabled. Conîguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Active Processor Cores [All] Allows you to choose the number of CPU cores to activate in each processor package. Conîguration options: [All] [1] [2] A20M [Disabled] Legacy OSes and APs may need A20M enabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep (TM) T ech [Enabled] When set to [Disabled], the CPU runs at its default speed. When set to [Enabled], the CPU speed is controlled by the operating system. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel(R) C-ST A TE T ech [Enabled] The Intel ® C-State T echnology allows the CPU to save more power under idle mode. Enable this item only when you install a C-State T echnology-supported CPU. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when you set the Intel(R) C-ST A TE T ech item to [Enabled]. C3 State [ACPI C2] Allows you to select the CPU action under C3 state. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [ACPI C2] [ACPI C3] C6 State [Enabled] Allows you to select the CPU action under C6 state. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C State package limit setting [Auto] This item appears only when you set the Intel(R) C-ST A TE T ech item to [Enabled]. We recommend that you set this item to [Auto] for BIOS to automatically detect the C-State mode supported by your CPU. Conîguration options: [Auto] [C1] [C3] [C6]
5-16 Chapter 5: BIOS setup C1 Auto Demotion [Enabled] When enabled, CPU will conditionally demote C3/C6 requests to C1 based on on- core auto-demote information. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C3 Auto Demotion [Enabled] When enabled, CPU will conditionally demote C6 requests to C3 based on on-core auto-demote information. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI T State [Enabled] Allows the system to report processor throttling in ACPI. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-17 5.4.2î ChipsetîConîguration The Chipset conîguration menu allows you to change advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. CPU Bridge Conî¿guration North Bridge Conî¿guration South Bridge Conî¿guration Intel VT-d Conî¿guration ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Conî¿gure CPU bridge features. CPUîBridgeîChipsetîConîguration Scroll down for more items. CSI Links Speed [Full-Speed] Allows you to set the speed of CSI Links. Conîguration options: [Slow-Mode] [Full-Speed] CSI Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the CSI frequency . Conîguration options: [Auto] [4.800GT] [5.866GT] [6.400GT] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. Adaptive Page [Disabled] Data Scramble [Enabled] Split Below 4GB [Disabled] Channel Interleaving [6:1] Rank Interleaving [4:1] Memory Thermal Throttling [Disabled] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced CPU Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration CPU Revision :C1 Current CSI Frequency :4.800GT Current Memory Frequency :800 Mhz CSI Links Speed [Full-Speed] CSI Frequency [Auto] CSI Isochronous [Disabled] CIS L1 [Disabled] CIS Power Optimization Policy [Static] Memory Frequency [Auto] Memory Mode [Independent] Memory ECC Function [Enabled] Double Rate Refresh [Auto] Demand Scrubbing [Disabled] Patrol Scrubbing [Disabled] NUMA Aware [Auto] Page Policy [Closed] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit To transition the CSI links to full-speed or leave them in slow-mode.
5-18 Chapter 5: BIOS setup CSI Isochronous [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CSI L1 [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CSI Power Optimizatin Policy [Static] Conîguration options: [Adaptive] [Static] [Bypass] Memory Frequency [Auto] Y ou may allow the system to detect DDR3 m emory frequency v ia SPD or designa te a speciîc frequency . Conîguration options: [Auto] [Force DDR-800] [Force DDR-1066] [Force DDR-1333] Memory Mode [Independent] Allows you to set Memory channel mode. Conîguration options: [Independent] [Channel Mirroring] [Lockstep] [Sparing] Memory ECC Function [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the memory ECC function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Double Rate Refresh [Auto] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Demand Scrubbing [Enabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Patrol Scrubbing [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] NUMA A Ware [Auto] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Page Policy [Open] Conîguration options: [Closed] [Open] Adaptive Page [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-19 SouthîBridgeîChipsetîConîguration NorthîBridgeîChipsetîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced NorthBridge Chipset Conî¿guration NB Revision :B3 Current CSI Frequency :4.800GT Crystal Beach / DMA [Disabled] Crystal Beach / DMA conî¿guration Crystal Beach / DMA [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Crystal Beach / DMA function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Data Scramble [Enabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Below 4GB [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Channel Interleaving [6:1] Conîguration options: [1:1] [2:1] [4:1] [6:1] Rank Interleaving [4:1] Conîguration options: [1:1] [2:1] [4:1] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced CPU Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration USB Functions [Enabled] USB Port Conî¿gure [8 4 USB Ports] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] HDA Controller [Enabled] Reserved Page Route [PCI] SLP_S4# Min. Assertion Width [1 to 2 seconds] Options Disabled Enabled USB Functions [Enabled] Allows you to conîgure the amount of USB ports to be enabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USBîPortîConîgureî[8 4îUSBîPorts] This item disappears wçhen you set the USB Functions item to [Disabled]. Conîguration options: [6 6 USB Ports] [8 4 USB Ports]
5-20 Chapter 5: BIOS setup USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . This item become unconîgurable if you set the USB Functions item to [10 USB Ports] or [12 USB Ports]. Conîguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] HDA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the High Deînition Audio controller . Conîguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Reserved Page Route [PCI] Conîguration options: [PCI] [LPC] SLP_S4# Min. Assertion Width [1 to 2 seconds] Conîguration options: [4 to 5 seconds] [3 to 4 seconds] [2 to 3 seconds] [1 to 2 seconds] 5.4.3î LegacyîDeviceîConîguration Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Serial Port2 Address [2F8/IRQ3] Allows you to select the Serial Port2 base address. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Legacy Device Conî¿guration Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port2 Address [2F8/IRQ3] Allows BIOS to Enable or Disable Floppy Controller. IntelîVT -dîConîguration Intel VT -d [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Intel Virtualization T echnology for Directed I/O. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Intel VT-d [Disabled] Options Disabled Enabled
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-21 The following item appears only when you set USB Function to [Enabled]. Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presenc e of USB devices at startup. If de tected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] The following item appears only when you set USB Function to [Enabled]. USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller to HiSpeed (480Mbps) or FullSpeed (12Mbps). Conîguration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Enables or disables the BIOS EHCI hand-off support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hotplug USB FDD Support [Auto] Allows you to conîgure the Hotplug USB FDD support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] 5.4.4î USBîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Conî¿guration Module Version - 2.24.3-13.4 USB Devices Enabled : None Legacy USB Support [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Hotplug USB FDD Support [Auto] USB Mass Storage Device Conî¿guration Enables support for legacy USB. AUTO option disables legacy support if no USB devices are connected. USBîMassîStorageîDeviceîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Mass Storage Device Conî¿guration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Device #1 JetFlash TS256MJF2A Emulation Type [Auto] Device #2 USB Hotplug FDD Emulation Type [Auto] Allows BIOS to Enable or Disable Floppy Controller.
5-22 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.4.5 PCIPnP The PCIPnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the PCI/PnP Conîguration menu items. Incorrect îeld values can cause the system to malfunction. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Option ROM Scan Order [Bus 0 First] Onboard Option ROM Priority [High] Onboard LAN1 Boot [PXE] Onboard LAN2 Boot [PXE] NO: lets the BIOS conî¿gure all the devices in the system. YES: lets the operating system conî¿gure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system. Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS conîgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Conîguration options: [No] [Y es] PCI Option ROM Scan Order [Bus 0 First] Allows you to conîgure the scanning order of PCI option ROM. Conîguration: [Bus 0 First] [Bus N First] Onboard Option ROM Priority [High] Allows you to conîgure the priority of onboard option ROM. Conîguration: [Normal] [High] USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Allows you to set the numbers of seconds POST waits for the USB mass storage device after start unit command. Conîguration options: [10 Sec] [20 Sec] [30 Sec] [40 Sec] Device #1/2 Shows automatically detected USB devices. Emulation T ype [Auto] Conîguration options: [Auto] [Floppy] [Forced FDD] [Hard Disk] [CDROM]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-23 Onboard LAN1/2 Boot [PXE] Allows you to conîgure the onboard LAN1/2 boot mode. Conîguration: [Disabled] [PXE] [iSCSI] 5.4.6î PowerîOnîConîguration APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On PME#(Wake On LAN) [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Options Power Off Power On Last State Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] When set to [Power Off], the system goes into of f state after an AC power loss. When set to [Power On], the system will reboot after an AC power loss. When set to [Last State], the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Conîguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Resume On Ring [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system will generate a wake event when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PME#(W ake On LAN) [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the LAN devices to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake-up event. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when the Resume On RTC Alarm item is set to [Enabled]. RTC Alarm Date [15] T o set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. System T ime [12:30:30] Use the <ENTER>, <T AB> or <SHIFT -T AB> key to sele ct a îeld. Use the < > or <-> key to conîgure alarm time.
5-24 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.4.7î EventîLogîConîguration View Event Log Press the <ENTER> key to view unread system event log. Clear Event Log Press the <ENTER> key to clear all system events. Select [Ok] to conîrm the change. 5.4.8 Hardware Monitor Scroll down for more items. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Event Logging details View Event Log Clear Event Log View all unread events on the Event Log. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. P1VTT Voltage [ 1.022 V] P2VTT Voltage [ 1.022 V] 1.1V_IOH Voltage [ 0.204 V] 12V Voltage [12.000 V] 5V Voltage [ 5.196 V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.246 V] 5VSB Voltage [ 5.132 V] 3VSB Voltage [ 3.198 V] VBAT Voltage [ 3.126 V] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Hardware Monitor CPU1 Temperature [ 27.5ºC/ 81.5ºF] CPU2 Temperature [ 0 ºC/ 32 ºF] TR1 Temperature [ N/A ] TR2 Temperature [ N/A ] CPU Fan1 Speed [ 4200RPM] CPU Fan2 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan1 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan2 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan3 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan4 Speed [ N/A ] Rear Fan1 Speed [ N/A ] Rear Fan2 Speed [ N/A ] Fan Speed Control [Generic Mode] VCORE1 Voltage [ 1.052 V] VCORE2 Voltage [ N/A ] 1.5V_P1DDR3 Voltage [ 1.508 V] 1.5V_P2DDR3 Voltage [ N/A ] 1.5V_ICH Voltage [ 1.520 V] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit CPU1 Temperature
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-25 CPU1/2 T emperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] TR1/2 T emperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and dis plays the motherboard component and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan1/2; Front Fan1â4 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] Rear Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the speed of CPU fans, front fans, and rear fans in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îeld shows [N/A]. Fan Speed Control [Generic Mode] Allows you to conîgure the ASUS Smart Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efîcient system operation. Conîguration options: [Full Speed Mode] [Whisper Mode] [Generic Mode] [High Density Mode] VCORE1/2îV oltage,î 1.5V_P1/2DDR3îV oltage,î 1.5V_ICHîV oltage,î P1/2VTT V oltage, 1.1V_IOHîV oltage,î 12VîV oltage,î 5VîV oltage,î 3.3VîV oltage,î 5VSBîV oltage,î 3VSBîV oltage,îVBA TîV oltage The onboa rd har dware monit or automa ticall y det ect s t he vol tage o utput th rou gh the onb oard v oltage regul ators . S elect [Ignor ed] i f y ou do not want to de tec t t his it em. 5.4.9î ConîgureîI/OîVirtualizationîParameters SR-IOV Supported [Disabled] Enabl es or disa bles the SR-IO V support. Conîgura tion options: [ Disabled] [Ena bled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Conî¿gure I/O Virtualization Parameters SR-IOV Supported [Disabled] Options Disabled Enabled
5-26 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.4.10î PCIîExpressîConîguration Active State Power-Management [Disabled] Enables or disables the PCI Express L0s and L1 link power states. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced PCI Express Conî¿guration Active State Power-Management [Disabled] Enable/Disable PCI Express L0s and L1 link power states. 5.4.1 1î ACPIîConîguration Advancedî ACPIîConîguration ACPI 2.0 Support [Enabled] Speciîes the Advanced Conîguration and Power Interface (ACPI) version supported. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Conîguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS-->AML ACPI table [Enabled] Allows you to include the BIOS-->AML exchange table pointer to (X)RSDT pointer list. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Headless mode [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Headless operation mode through ACPI. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced ACPI Conî¿guration ACPI 2.0 Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] BIOS-->AML ACPI table [Enabled] Headless mode [Disabled] Add additional tables as per ACPI 2.0 speciî¿cations. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced ACPI Settings Advanced ACPI Conî¿guration Chipset ACPI Conî¿guration General WHEA Conî¿guration Advanced ACPI Conî¿guration settings. Use this section to conî¿gure additional ACPI options.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-27 Chipsetî ACPIîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced South Bridge ACPI Conî¿guration APIC ACPI SCI IRQ [Disabled] USB Device Wakeup From S3/S4 [Disabled] High Performance Event Timer [Enabled] HPET Memory Address [FED00000h] Enabled/Disable APIC ACPI SCI IRQ. APIC ACPI SCI IRQ [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the APIC ACPI SCI IRQ feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Device W akeup From S3/S4 [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB device wakeup from S3/S4 feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] High Performance Event Timer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the High Performance Event T imer feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] HPET Memory Address [FED00000h] Conîguration options: [FED00000h] [FED01000h] [FED02000h] [FED03000h] GeneralîWHEA îConîguration WHEA Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Windows Hardware Error Architecture (WHEA) support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced General WHEA Conî¿guration WHEA Support [Enabled] Enable or disable Windows Hardware Error Architecture.
5-28 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.5 Server menu The Server menu items allow you to customize the server features. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Remote Access Conî¿guration ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Conî¿gure Remote Access. Remoteî AccessîConîguration The items in this menu allows you to conîgure the Remote Access features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîguration options. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Server Conî¿gure Remote Access type and parameters Remote Access [Enabled] Serial port number [COM2] Base Address, IRQ [2F8h, 3] Serial Port Mode [57600 8,n,1] Flow Control [Hardware] Redirection After BIOS POST [Disabled] Terminal Type [VT-UTF8] Select Remote Access type. Remote Access [Enabled] Enables or disables the remote access feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when Remote Access is set to [Enabled]. Serial port number [COM2] Selects the serial port for console redirection. Conîguration options: [COM1] [COM2] Base Address. IRQ [2F8h, 3] This item is not user-conîgurable and changes with the conîguration of Serial port number .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-29 Serial port Mode [57600 8,n,1] Sets the Serial port mode. Conîgu ration optio ns: [1 15200 8,n,1 ] [576 00 8,n,1] [ 38400 8,n,1] [19200 8,n ,1] [09600 8,n,1] Flow Control [Hardware] Allows you to select the îow control for console redirection. Conîguration options: [None] [Hardware] [Software] Redirection After BIOS POST [Disabled] Sets the redirection mode after the BIOS Power-On Self-T est (POST). Some operating system may not work when set to [Always]. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Boot Loader] [Always] T erminal T ype [VT -UTF8] Allows you to select the target terminal type. Conîguration options: [ANSI] [VT100] [VT -UTF8] VT -UTF8 Combo Key Support [Enabled] This item appears only when you set the T erminal T ype item to [ANSI] or [VT100] and allows you to enable or disable the VT -UTF8 combo key support for ANSI or VT100 terminals. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
5-30 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. 5.6.1 Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [XXXXXXX] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Conîguration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Speciî¿es the Boot Device Priority sequence. A virtual îoppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B: ) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the î¿rst boot device. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable Dev.] 2nd Boot Device [ATAPI CD-ROM] 3rd Boot Device [Hard Drive] 4th Boot Device [Network:IBA GE Slo] 5th Boot Device [Network:IBA GE Slo] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Speciî¿es the Boot Device Priority sequence. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding type menu.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-31 5.6.2î BootîSettingsîConîguration Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Allows you to set the display mode for Options ROM. Conîguration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Conîguration options: [Off] [On] W ait For âF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system waits for the <F1> key to be pressed when error occurs. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system displays the message âPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Settings Conî¿guration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Wait For âF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system.
5-32 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.6.3 Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîguration options. Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Conîrm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. T o change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. T o clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. See section 4.2 Jumpers for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disable password.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-33 After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Conîguration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility . View Only allows access but does not allow change to any îeld. Limited allows changes only to selected îelds, such as Date and T ime. Full Access allows viewing and changing all the îelds in the Setup utility . Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Conîrm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully . T o change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility . When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Conîguration options: [Setup] [Always] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Power Boot Tools Exit Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Password Check [Setup] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disable password.
5-34 Chapter 5: BIOS setup Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Save Changes Once you are înished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîrmation before exiting. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. 5.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Exit system setup after saving the changes. F10 key can be used for this operation.
3- ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating and conîguring RAID sets using the available utilities. Chapter 6 RAIDîconî¿guration
6-2 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.1 Setting up RAID The motherboard comes with the Intel ® ICH10R southbridge controller that supports the following SA T A RAID solutions: ⢠LSIîMegaRAIDîsoftwareîRAIDîConîgurationîUtility (default) with RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 10 support (for both Linux and Windows OS). ⢠Intel Matrix Storage Manager with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 support (for Windows OS only). 6.1.1î RAIDîdeînitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RA ID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 10 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10 conîguration you get all the beneîts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher` storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. 6.1.2 Installing hard disk drives The motherboard supports SA T A hard disk drives for RAID set conîguration. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . See section 2.4 Hard disk drives for SA T A hard disk drive installation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-3 6.1.3 RAID controller selection Y ou can choose either the LSI Software RAID Conîguration Utility or the Intel Matrix Storage Manager as the default utility to create RAID set(s). See 8. RAID conîgurationîutilityîselection on page 4-8 for details. 6.1.4 Setting the RAID item in BIOS Y ou must enable the RAID function in the BIOS Setup before creating RAID set(s) using SA T A HDDs. T o do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST . 2. Go to the Main menu > IDEîConîguration , and then press <Enter>. 3. Set the ConîgureîSA T Aîas item to [RAID]. 4. Save your changes, and then exit the BIOS Setup. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup.
6-4 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 3. The utility main window appears. Use the arrow keys to select an option from the Management Menu and then press <Enter>. Refer to the Management Menu descriptions on the next page. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options or execute commands. The keys on the legend box vary according to the menu level. 6.2î î LSIîSoftwareîRAIDîConî¿gurationî Utility Th e LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility all ows y ou to cr eat e RA ID 0 , RA ID 1, or R AID 1 0 set (s) f ro m S ATA ha rd d isk dr iv es co nne cte d to th e S ATA co nne cto rs su pp ort ed by t he mot her bo ar d so uth br id ge chi p. T o enter the LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility 1. T urn on the system after installing all the SA T A hard disk drives. 2. During POST , the LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility automatically detects the installed SA T A hard disk drives and displays any existing RAID set(s). Press <Ctrl> <M> to enter the utility . ⢠The LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility automatically conîgures to RAID 1 when the SA T A to RAID Mode is enabled. ⢠The RAID setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen due to the controller version difference. ⢠When you create RAID sets with the LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility , the boot priority of the SA T A optical drive has to be manually adjusted. Otherwise, the system will not boot from the connected SA T A ODD. LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Conî¿gure VD(s) LSI MegaRAID Software RAID BIOS Version A.08 09161344R LSI SATA RAID Found at PCI Bus No: Dev No:1F Device present at Port 0 ST3160812AS 152114MB Device present at Port 1 ST3160812AS 152114MB Device present at Port 2 ST3160812AS 152114MB Device present at Port 3 ST3160812AS 152114MB Press Ctrl-M or Enter to run LSI Software RAID Setup Utility.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-5 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set The LSI Software RAID Con îguration Utility allows yo u to create a RAID 0, R AID 1, or RAID 10 set using two types of conîgurations: Easy and New . In EasyîConîguration , the virtual drive parameters are set automatically . In NewîConîguration , you manually set the virtual drive parameters. UsingîEasyîConîguration T o create a RAID set using the EasyîConîguration option 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgureî>îEa syî Con îgu ra ti on , and th en pre ss <E nt er> . Menu Description Conîgure Allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1 or RAID 10 set using the Easy Conîguration or the New Conîguration command. This menu also allows you to view , add, or clear RAID conîgurations or select the boot drive Initialize Allows you to initialize the virtual drives of a created RAID set Objects Allows you to initialize virtual drives or change the virtual drive parameters Rebuild Allows you to rebuild failed drives Check Consistency Allows you to check the data consistency of the virtual drives of a created RAID set Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Deî¿nes Physical Arrays. An Array Will Automatically Become A VD Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-6 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 3. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, and then press <F10> to conîgure array setting. 4. Press <Space> to select the conîgurable array . 2. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Use the up/down arrow key to select the drives you want to include in the RAID set, and then press <Space>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y] , where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . ⢠The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen. ⢠Yo u n eed at lea st two id ent ic al hard di sk dri ves w hen cre ati ng a R AID 1 s et. ⢠Y ou need at least four identical hard disk drives when creating a RAID 10 set. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Select Conî¿gurable Array(s) A-0 SPAN-1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency Port # 1 DISK 77247 MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 ONLIN A00-01 READY READY 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-Sel,ENTER-EndArray,F10-Conî¿gure,F2-Drive Info,F3-Virtual Drives,F4-HSP 2 3
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-7 5. Press <F10> again, the virtual drive information appears including a Virtual Drive menu that allows you to change the virtual drive parameters. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virgual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Choose RAID Level For This VD Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit 6. Select RAID from the Virtual Drive sub-menu, and then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, and then press <Enter>. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Choose RAID Level For This VD RAID Level RAID 0 RAID 1 Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit
6-8 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 8. When creating a RAID 1 or a RAID 10 set, select DWC from the Virtual Drive menu, and then press <Enter>. When creating a RAID 0 set, proceed to step 10. 9. Select On to enable the Disk Write Cache setting, and then press <Enter>. Enabling DWC can improve the performance, but with the risk of data loss. 10. When înished setting the selected virtual drive conîguration, select Accept from the menu, and then press <Enter>. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Disk Write Cache Setting Of VD Change DWC Off On Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Accept This VD Conî¿guration And Go To Next VD Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-9 1 1. Follow step 2 to 10 to conîgure additional virtual drives. 12. Press <Esc> to înish RAID conîguration. When prompted to save conîguration, select Y es from the menu, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency Select Yes Or No Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Save Conî¿guration? Yes No LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option UsingîNewîConîguration When a RAID set already exists, using the NewîConîguration command erases the existing RAID conîguration data. If you do not want to delete the existing RAID set, use the View/AddîConîguration command to view or create another RAID conîguration. T o create a RAID set using the NewîConîguration option 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgureî>îNewîConîguration, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Clear Existing Conî¿guration And Start A New Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-10 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 2. Follow step 2 to 7 of the previous section: UsingîEasyîConîguration . 3. Select Size from the Virtual Drive menu, and then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in the desired virtual drive size, and then press <Enter>. 5. Follow step 8 to 12 of the previous section: UsingîEasyîConîguration to create the RAID set. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Enter VD Size (MB): Enter VD Size (MB): 77247 Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-1 1 6.2.2î AddingîorîviewingîaîRAIDîconîguration Y ou can add a new RAID conîguration or view an existing conîguration using the View/AddîConîguration command. AddingîaînewîRAIDîconîguration T o add a new RAID conîguration: 1. Fro m the Man agemen t Menu , select Con îgureî>îV iew/AddîConîguration , and then press <Enter>. 2. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <Space>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y] , where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen. 3. Follow step 3 to 12 of section 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set: Using Easy Conîguration to add a new RAID set. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency View/Add to The Existing Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency Port # 2 DISK 77247MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A View/Add Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 ONLIN A00-01 READY READY 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-Sel,ENTER-EndArray,F10-Conî¿gure,F2-Drive Info,F3-Virtual Drives,F4-HSP 2 3
6-12 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.3 Initializing the virtual drives After creating the RAID set(s), you must initialize the virtual drives. Y ou may initialize the virtual drive s of a RAID set(s) using the Initialize or Objects command on the Management Menu . Using the Initialize command T o initialize the virtual drive using the Initialize command 1. From the Management Menu , select Initialize , and then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the virtual drive to initialize. Use the arrow keys to select the virtual drive from the Virtual Drive selection, and then press <Space>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Initialize Virtual Drive(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select VD Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 151634MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Initialize
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-13 3. Press <F10> to start initialization. When prompted, select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. Initializing a virtual drive erases all data on the drive. 4. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 Initialize? Yes No Init Will Destroy Data On Selected VD(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Initialize Management Menu Conî¿gure Initiali ze Objects Rebuild Check Co nsistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtua l Drives Virtual Drive 0 Init Of VD Is In Process VD 0 Initialization Complete. Press Esc.. ¦ 100% Completed LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Initialize
6-14 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration UsingîtheîObjectsîcommand T o initialize the virtual drives using the Objects command 1. From the Management Menu , select Objectsî>îVirtualîDrive , and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Change VD Parameters Objects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 2. Select the virtual drive to initialize from the Virtual Drives sub-menu, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select VD Obj ects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive Vitual Drive(1) Virtual Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Press ENTER To Select A VD, <Del> To Delete A VD
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-15 3. Select Initialize from the pop-up menu, and then press <Enter> to start initialization. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Initilize VD Obj ects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive Vitual Drive(1) Virtual Drive 0 Initialze Check Consistency View/Update Parameters Vitual Drive(0) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 4. When prompted, press the <Space> to select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Initilize Will Destroy Data On Selected VD(s) Obj ects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive Vitual Drive(1) Virtual Drive 0 Initialze Check Consistency View/Updat e Parameters Vitual Drive(0) Initialize? Yes No LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 5. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>.
6-16 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.4 Rebuilding failed drives Y ou can manually rebuild failed hard disk drives using the Rebuild command in the Management Menu . T o rebuild a failed hard disk drive 1. From the Management Menu , select Rebuild , and then press <Enter>. 2. The PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive you want to rebuild, and then press <Space>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Rebuild PD(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency Port # 1 DISK 77247MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A REBUILD - PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 FAIL A00-01 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select,F10-Start Rebuild,F2-Drive Information,F3-View Virtual Drives
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-17 3. After selecting the drive to rebuild, press <F10>. When prompted, press <Y> to rebuild the drive. 4. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Port # 1 DISK 77247MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A REBUILD - PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 RBLD A00-01 0 1 Rebuilding Of Drive Will Take A Few Minutes. Start Rebuilding Drive (Y/N)? LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select,F10-Start Rebuild,F2-Drive Information,F3-View Virtual Drives 6.2.5 Checking the drives for data consistency Y ou can ch eck an d veri fy the accu racy o f data redun dancy in th e sele cted v irtua l dri ve. The ut ility can au tomat ically detec t and/ or de tect a nd cor rect a ny di ffer ences in dat a redu ndancy depen ding on the se lected opti on in the Obj ectsî> îA dapter me nu. The Check Consistency command is available only for virtual drives included in a RAID 1 or RAID 10 set. Using the Check Consistency Command T o check data consistency using the Check Consistency command 1. From the Management Menu , select Check Consistency , and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency CC Of VD(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-18 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the virtual drive to check. Press <Space> to select the virtual drive from the Virtual Drive sub-menu, and then press <F10>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select VD Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Check Consistency 3. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select Y es from the Consistency Check? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. A progress bar appears on screen. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 Consistency Check? Yes No Select VD LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Check Consistency Management Menu Conî¿gure Initiali ze Objects Rebuild Check Co nsistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtua l Drives Virtual Drive 0 CC Under Process VD 0 Consistency Check. Press Esc to Abort. ¦ 85 % Completed The Data On The Drives Is Inconsistency. Repair Done! LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Check Consistency
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-19 4. While checking the disk consistency , press <Esc> to display the following options. ⢠Stop - Stops the consistency check. The utility stores the percentage of disk checked, and when you restart checking, it continues from the last percentage completed rather than from zero percent. ⢠Continue - Continues the consistency check. ⢠Abort - Aborts the consistency check. When you restart checking, it continues from zero percent. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue. UsingîtheîObjectsîcommand T o check data consistency using the Objects command 1. From the Management Menu , select Objects , and then select Virtual Drive from the sub-menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the virtual drive you want to check, and then press <Enter>. 3. Select Check Consistency from the pop-up menu, and then press <Enter>. 4. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select Y es from the dialog box to check the drive. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
6-20 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.6î DeletingîaîRAIDîconîguration T o delete a RAID conîguration 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgure > ClearîConîguration , and then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select Y es from the Clear Conîguration? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. The utility clears all the current array(s). 3. Press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Clear Existing Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Clear Existing Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/A dd Co nî¿gura tion Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive Clear Conî¿guration? Yes No LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-21 6.2.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set Y ou must have created a new RAID conîguration before you can select the boot drive from a RAID set. See section 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set: Using New Conîguration for details. T o select the boot drive from a RAID set 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgure > Select Boot Drive , and then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select the bootable virtual drive from the list, then press <Enter>. 3. The virtual drive is selected as boot drive. Press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select A Boot VD Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select A Boot VD Conî¿gu ration Menu Easy Con î¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive Bootable VDs(1):Current Boot VD(0) Boot Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-22 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.8 Enabling WriteCache Y ou may manually enable the RAID controllerâs WriteCache option after creating a RAID set to improve the data transmission performance. Wh en you ena ble Wr ite Ca che , yo u m ay los e da ta whe n a po we r i nter rup tio n o ccur s wh ile tra nsm itt ing or e xch angi ng dat a a mong th e d riv es. The WriteCache function is recommended for RAID 1 and RAID 10 sets. T o enable WriteCache 1. From the Management Menu , select Objects > Adapter , and then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 2. Select Disk WC , and then press <Enter> to turn on the option. 5. When înished, press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Disk Write Cache - Off(Write Through) or On(Write Back) Objec ts Adapter Virtual Driv e Physical Dri ve Adapter 0 Rebuild Rate = 30 Chk Const Rate = 30 FGI Rate = 30 BGI Rate = 30 Disk WC = Off Read Ahead = On Bios State = Enable Stop On Error = No Fast Init = Enable Auto Rebuild = On Auto Resume = Enable Disk Coercion = 1GB Factory Default LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 3. From the Management Menu , select Objects > Virtual Drive , and then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 4. Select Disk WC , and then press <Enter> to turn on the option. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Disk Write Cache - Off(Write Through) or On(Write Back) Ob jects Adapter Virtual D rive Physical Drive Virtual Drive RAID = 0 Size = 1428604MB Stripe Size = 64KB #Stripes = 2 State = OPTIMAL Spans = 1 Disk WC = On Read Ahead = On LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-23 6.3 Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10 (RAID 0 1), and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial A T A hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge. T o enter the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial A T A hard disk drives. 2. T urn on the system. 3. During POST , press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. The utility supports maximum four hard disk drives for RAID conîguration. The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 2. Delete RAID Volume 4. Recovery Volume Options 5. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: * = Data is Encrypted None deî¿ned. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 3 ST3160812AS 9LS0BJ5H 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu
6-24 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.3.1 Creating a RAID set T o create a RAID set 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID set and press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is selected, press the up/down arrow key to select a RAID level to create, and then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is selected, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives you want to include in the RAID set. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to select a drive, and then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE VOLUME MENU ] [ HELP ] Enter a unique volume name that has no special characters and is 16 characters or less. [ ââ ]Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [ENTER]-Select Name: Volume0 RAID Level: RAID0(Stripe) Disks: Select Disks Strip Size: 128KB Capacity: 0.0 GB Sync: N/A Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 3 ST3160812AS 9LS0BJ5H 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 6 disks to use in creating the volume. [ ââ ]-Prev/Next [SPACE]-SelectDisk [ENTER]-Done
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-25 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID array (for RAID 0, 10 and 5 only), and then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The following are typical values: RAID 0: 128KB RAID 10: 64KB RAID 5: 64KB We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. When the Capacity item is selected, enter the RAID volume capacity that yo u want and press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. When the Create V olume item is selected, press <Enter>. The following warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the CREA TE VOLUME menu. 6.3.2 Creating a Recovery set T o create a recovery set 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE VOLUME MENU ] [ HELP ] Enter a unique volume name that has no special characters and is 16 characters or less. [ ââ ]Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [ENTER]-Select Name: Volume0 RAID Level: RAID0(Stripe) Disks: Select Disks Strip Size: 128KB Capacity: 0.0 GB Sync: N/A Create Volume
6-26 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 2. Enter a name for the recovery set and press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is selected, press the up/down arrow key to select Recovery , and then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is selected, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives you want to include in the recovery set. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to select a drive, press <T AB> to select a Master disk, and then press <SP ACE> to select a Recovery disk. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Sync item is selected, use the up/down arrow key to select a sync option that you want and press <Enter>. 7. When the Create V olume item is selected, press <Enter>. The following warning message appears. [ SELECT DISKS ] Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 3 ST3160812AS 9LS0BJ5H 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk Select 1 Master and 1 Recovery disk to create volume. [ ââ ]-Prev/Next [TAB]-(M)aster [SPACE]-(R)ecovery [ENTER]-Done WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 8. Press <Y> to create the recovery set and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the CREA TE VOLUME menu. If a recovery set is created, you cannot add more RAID sets even when you have more non-RAID disks installed in your system.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-27 6.3.3 Deleting a RAID set T ake caution when deleting a RAID set. Y ou will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. T o delete a RAID set 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID V olume and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, and then press <Del>. The following warning message appears. 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu, or press <N> to return to the DELETE VOLUME menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! (This does not apply to Recovery volumes) A re y ou su re yo u wa n t to d e le te vo lu me âVo lu me 0â ? (Y / N) : [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ] Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will reset the disks to non-RAID. WARNING: ALL DISK DATA WILL BE DELETED. (This does not apply to Recovery volumes) [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Previous Menu [DEL]-Delete Volume Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) 2 298.0GB Normal Yes
6-28 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.3.4 Resetting disks to Non-RAID T ake caution before you reset a RAID volume hard disk drive to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume hard disk drive deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. T o reset a RAID set hard disk drive 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set drive(s) you want to reset, and then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive(s). A conîrmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive(s) or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. Resetting RAID disk will remove its RAID structures and revert it to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all da ta on the disk to be lost. (This does not apply to Recovery volumes) Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Member Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-S election Complete [ RESET RAID DATA ]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-29 6.3.5 Recovery V olume Options If you have created a recovery set, you can conîgure more recovery set options following the descriptions in the section. See section 6.3.2 Creating a Recovery set to create a recovery set before continue. T o conîgure a recovery set 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Recovery V olume Options and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the option you want, and then press <ENTER>. The SELECT RECOVER Y VOLUME screeen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ RECOVERY VOLUME OPTIONS ] [ HELP ] Enable Only Recovery Disk - enables recovery disk if available and disables master disk. Enable Only Master Disk - enables master disk if available and disables recovery disk. Actions will result i n change from Continuo us Update mode to On- Request. [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Previous Menu [ENTER]-Select 1. Enable Only Recovery Disk 2. Enable Only Master Disk [ SELECT RECOVERY VOLUME ] Name Level Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 Recovery(Cont.) 149.0GB Normal Yes Select a Recovery volume to do the operation. [ ââ ]-Up/Down [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Done 3. Use the up/down arrow key to select a drive, and then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection and return to the utility main menu.
6-30 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. [ DEGRADED VOLUME DETECTED ] [ ââ ]-Previous/Next [ENTER]-Select [ESC]-Exit "Degraded" volume and disk available for rebuilding detected. Selecting a disk initiates a rebuild. Rebuild completes in the operating system. Select the port of destination disk for rebuilding (ESC to exit): Port Drive Model Serial # Size X XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB 6.3.7 Rebuilding the RAID This option is only for the RAID 1, RAID 5 and RAID 10 sets. Rebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID disk If any of the SA T A hard disk drives included in the RAID 1 array failed, the system displays the status of the RAID volume as â Degraded â during POST . Y ou can rebuild the RAID array with other installed non-RAID disks. T o rebuild the RAID with other non-RAID disk: 1. At the prompt, press <Ctrl> <I> to enter the Intel Matrix Storage Manager option ROM utility . 2. If there is a non-RAID SA T A Hard Disk available, the utility will prompt to rebuild the RAID. Press <Enter>, and then use up/down arrow keys to select the destination disk or press <ESC> to exit. 6.3.6 Exiting the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager T o exit the utility 1. From the utility main menu, select 5. Exit , and then press <Enter>. The following warning message appears. 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. A re y ou su re yo u wa n t to exit? (Y /N ) : [ CONFIRM EXIT ]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-31 3. The utility immediately starts rebuilding after the disk is selected. The status of the degraded RAID volume is changed to âRebuildâ. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 2. Delete RAID Volume 4. Recovery Volume Options 5. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: * = Data is Encrypted ID Name Level Strip Size Status Bootable 0 Volume0 RAID1(Mirror) N/A 149.0GB Rebuild Yes Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Member Disk(0) 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Member Disk(0) Volumes with âRebuildâ status will be rebuilt within the operating system. [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 4. Exit Intel Matrix Storage Manager and reboot the system. 5. Select Start > Programs > Intel Matrix Storage > Intel Matrix Storage Console or click the Intel Matrix Storage Manager tray icon to load the Intel Matrix Stroage Manager utility . 6. From the View menu, select Advanced Mode to display the details of the Intel Matrix Storage Console. 7. From the V olumes view option, select RAID volume to view the rebuilding status. When înished, the status is changed to â Normal â. Rebuilding the RAID with a new hard disk If any of the SA T A hard disk drives included in the RAID array failed, the system displays the status of the RAID volume as â Degraded â during POST . Y ou may replace the disk drive and rebuild the RAID array . T o rebuild the RAID with a new hard disk: 1. Remove the failed SA T A hard disk and install a new SA T A hard disk of the same speciîcation into the same SA T A Port. Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. 2. Reboot the system and then follow the steps in section Rebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID disk on page 6-30.
6-32 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.3.8 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility Y ou can set the boot priority sequence in the BIOS for your RAID arrays when creating multi-RAID using the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager . T o set the boot array in the BIOS: Set at least one of the arrays bootable to boot from the hard disk. 1. Reboot the system and press <Del> to enter the BIOS setup utility during POST . 2. Go to the Boot menu and select the option Boot Device Priority . 3. Use up/down arrow keys to select the boot priority and press <Enter>. See section 5.6.1 Boot Device Priority for details. 4. From the Exit menu, select Exit & Save Changes, then press <Enter>. 5. When the conîrmation window appears, select OK , then press <Enter>.
Chapter 7 Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary driv ers for dif ferent system components. ASUS RS720-E6/RS12
7-2 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.1 RAID driver installation After creating the RAID sets for your server system, you are now ready to install an operating system to the independent hard disk drive or bootable array . This part provides instructions on how to install the RAID controller drivers during OS installation. 7.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk The system does not include a îoppy drive. Y ou have to use a USB îoppy drive when creating a SA T A RAID driver disk. If you have created RAID sets with the LSI Software RAID conîguration utility , the boot priority of the SA T A optical disk drive has to be manually adjusted. Otherwise, the system will not boot from the connected SA T A ODD. A îoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows ® or Red Hat ® Enterprise operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. Y ou can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support DVD). T o create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment 1. Place the motherboard support DVD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer , and then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the îrst boot priority to boot from the support DVD. Save your changes, and then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer . The Makedisk menu appears. Create Driver Diskette Menu ICH10R INTEL RAID Driver ICH10R LSI RAID Driver ITE IT8213F Linux Driver Write DMI FreeDOS command prompt 5. Use the arrow keys to select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create and press <Enter> to enter the sub-menu.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-3 ICH10R INTEL RAID Driver ICH10R INTEL RAID Driver Windows 32 bit Windows 64 bit Back Exit ICH10R LSI RAID Driver ITE IT8213F Linux Driver ICH10R LSI RAID Driver Windows XP / Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows XP / Windows Server 2003 64 bit Windows Vista / Windows Server 2008 32 bit Windows Vista / Windows Server 2008 64 bit RHEL AS4 UP6 32/64 bit RHEL AS4 UP7 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP1 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP2 32/64 bit SLES 9 SP3 32 bit SLES 9 SP3 64 bit SLES 9 SP4 32 bit SLES 9 SP4 64 bit SLES 10 SP1 32 bit SLES 10 SP1 64 bit SLES 10 SP2 32 bit SLES 10 SP2 64 bit Back Exit ITE IT8213F Linux Driver RHEL 4 UP6 32/64 bit RHEL 4 UP7 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP1 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP2 32/64 bit SLES 9 SP3 32 bit SLES 9 SP3 64 bit SLES 10 32 bit SLES 10 64 bit FreeBSD 7 32/64 bit Back Exit 6. Locate the RAID driver and place a blank, high-density îoppy disk to the îoppy disk drive. 7. Press <Enter>. 8. Follow screen instructions to create the driver disk.
7-4 Chapter 7: Driver installation T o create a RAID driver disk in Windows ® environment 1. Start Windows ® . 2. Place the motherboard support DVD into the optical drive. 3. Go to the Make Disk menu, and then select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create. 4. Insert a îoppy disk into the îoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the îoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o create a RAID driver disk in Red Hat ® Enterprise Linux server environment 1. Insert a blank formatted high-density îoppy disk to the îoppy disk drive. 2. T ype dd if=XXX.img of=/dev/fd0 to decompress the île into the îoppy disk from the following path in the support DVD: For LSI MegaRAID Driver \Drivers\ICH10R LSI RAID\Driver\makedisk\Linux 3. Eject the îoppy disk.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-5 7.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver Windows ® Server OS During Windows ® Server OS installation T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Windows ® Server OS: 1. Boot the computer using the Windows ® Server installation DVD. The Windows ® Server OS Setup starts. 2. Press <F6> when the message âPress F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver ...â appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. When prompted, press <S> to specify an additional device. Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver... Windows Setup S=Specify Additional Device ENTER=Continue F3=Exit Windows Setup Setup could not determine the type of one or more mass storage devices installed in your system, or you have chosen to manually specify an adapter. Currently, Setup will load support for the following mass storage devices(s): <none> * To specify additional SCSI adapters, DVD-ROM drives, or special disk controllers for use with Windows, including those for which you have a device support disk from a mass storage device manufacturer, press S. * If you do not have any device support disks from a mass storage device manufacturer, or do not want to specify additional mass storage devices for use with Windows, press ENTER.
7-6 Chapter 7: Driver installation 4. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the RAID controller driver you need from the list, then press <Enter>. 6. The Windows ® Setup loads the RAID controller drivers from the RAID driver disk. When prompted, press <Enter> to continue installation. 7. Setup then proceeds with the OS installation. Follow screen instructions to continue. T o an existing Windows ® Server OS T o install the RAID controller driver on an existing Windows ® Server OS 1. Restart the computer , and then log in with Administrator privileges. 2. Windows ® automatically detects the RAID controller and displays a New Hardware Found window . Click Cancel . 3. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows ® desktop, and then select Properties from the menu. 4. Click the Hardware tab, and then click the Device Manager button to display the list of devices installed in the system. 5. Right-click the RAID controller item, then select Properties . 6. Click the Driver tab, and then click the Update Driver button. 7. The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard window appears. Click Next . 8. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îoppy disk drive. 9. Select the option Install the software automatically (Recommended) , and then click Next . 10. The wizard searches the RAID controller drivers. When found, click Next to install the drivers. 1 1. Click Finish after the driver installation is done. ENTER=Continue ESC=Cancel F3=Exit Windows Setup Please insert the disk labeled Manufacturer-supplied hardware support disk into Drive A: * Press ENTER when ready.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-7 T o verify the RAID controller driver installation: 1. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows ® desktop, and then select Properties from the menu. 2. Click the Hardware tab, and then click the Device Manager button. 3. Click the â â sign before the item SCSI and RAID controllers , and then the Intel(R) ICH8R/ICH9R/ICH10R/DO SA T A RAID Controller item should appear . The screen differs based on the controller . 4. Right-click the RAID controller driver item, and then select Properties from the menu. 5. Click the Driver tab, and then click the Driver Details button to display the RAID controller drivers. 6. Click OK when înished.
7-8 Chapter 7: Driver installation Red Hat ® Enterprise Linux OS 4.7/4.8 T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat Red Hat ® Enterprise OS: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat ® OS installation CD. 2. At the boot: , type linux dd nostorage. 3. Press <Enter>. - To install or upgrade in graphical mode, press the <ENTER> key. - To install or upgrade in text mode, type: linux text <ENTER>. - Use the function keys listed below for more information. [F1-Main] [F2-Options] [F3-General] [F4-Kernel] [F5-Rescue] boot: linux dd nostorage 4. Select Y es using the <T ab> key when asked if you have the driver disk, then press <Enter>. Main Menu Do you have a driver disk? Yes No 5. Press <Enter> to continue. Insert Driver Disk Insert your driver disk into /dev/sda and press âOKâ to continue. OK Cancel
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-9 6. Select No and press <Enter> to continue. More Driver Disks? Do you wish to load any more driver disks? Yes No 7. Select your desired language and press <Enter> to continue. OK # Choose a Language What language would you like to use during the installation process? Catalan Chinese(Simpliî¿ed) Chinese(Traditional) Croatian Czech Danish Dutch English 8. Select your keyboard type and press <Enter> to continue. OK # Keyboard Type What type of keyboard do you have? trq ua ua-utf ua-utf-ws uk unicode us Back
7-10 Chapter 7: Driver installation 9. Select the media and press <tab> to select OK. Press<Enter> to continue. 10. Select the media and press <tab> to select OK . Press <Enter> to continue. Select driver No driver found Unable to î¿nd any devices of the type needed for this installation type. Would you like to manually select your driver or use a driver disk? Back Use a driver disk OK Installation Method What type of media contains the packages to be installed? Local CDROM Hard drive NFS image FTP HTTP Back
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-1 1 1 1. Scroll down to locate the driver and press <Enter> to continue. The driver version may vary with time and model. Select LSI Mega Software RAID driver ( LSI megasr Driver ) all the time. 12. Select Skip and press <Enter> to continue. CD Found To begin testing the CD media before installation press OK. Choose Skip to skip the media test and start the installation. OK Skip Back Select Device Driver to Load Please select the driver below which you wish to load. If it does not appear and you have a driver disk, press F2. LSI Logic Fusion MPT SPI Driver (mptspi) LSI MegaRAID Controllers (megaraid_mbox) LSI MegaRAID Controllers (megaraid_sas) LSI megasr Driver ver 13.10.0708.2009 (megasr) Marvell SATA controllers (sata_mv) Mylex DAC960 RAID Controller (DAC960) [] Specify optional module arguments OK
7-12 Chapter 7: Driver installation 13. Select Done and press <Enter> to continue. Add Device Devices The following devices have been found on your system. Intel Pro/1000 (e1000e) LSI megasr Driver ver 13.10.0708.2009 (megasr) USB Mass Storage driver for Linux (usb-storage) Done 14. Follow the onscreen instructions to înish installing the RedHat operating system. The displayed devices may vary with models and systems.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-13 Red Hat ® Enterprise Linux OS 5.0 T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat Red Hat ® Enterprise OS: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat ® OS installation CD. 2. At the bo ot: , typ e li nux dd no pro be= ata [n] . The numb er of ata varie s wit h the hard disk drive number you have when building a RAID set. For example, if you want to build a RAID set with 6 hard disk drives, type command line: linux dd noprobe=ata1 noprobe=ata2 noprobe=ata3 noprobe=ata4 noprobe=ata5 noprobe=ata6. 3. Press <Enter>. - To install or upgrade in graphical mode, press the <ENTER> key. - To install or upgrade in text mode, type: linux text <ENTER>. - Use the function keys listed below for more information. [F1-Main] [F2-Options] [F3-General] [F4-Kernel] [F5-Rescue] boot: linux dd noprobe=ata[n] 4. Select Y es using the <T ab> key when asked if you have the driver disk, then press <Enter>. Main Menu Do you have a driver disk? Yes No 5. Select fd0 using the <T ab> key when asked to select the driver disk source. Press <T ab> to move the cursor to OK, then press <Enter>. Driver Disk Source You have multiple devices which could serve as sources for a driver disk. Which would you like to use? OK Cancel fd0 scd0
7-14 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7. When asked if you will load additional RAID controller drivers, select No , then press <Enter>. 6. Insert the Red Hat ® Enterprise RAID driver disk to the îoppy disk drive, select OK , then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID card are installed to the system. Insert Driver Disk Insert your driver disk into /dev/fd0 and press âOKâ to continue. OK Back 8. Follow the onscreen instructions to înish the OS installation. 9. If you install RHEL AS5, when the installation is completed, DO NOT click Reboot . Press <Ctrl> <Alt> <F2> to switch to the command-line interface from graphic user interface. 10. T ype the following commands when using a USB îoppy . cat /proc/partitions Write down the Major and Minor number before sdb for later use. mknod /dev/sdb b [major number] [minor number] mkdir /mnt/driver mount /dev/sdb /mnt/driver cd /mnt/driver sh replace_ahci.sh reboot More Driver Disks? Do you wish to load any more driver disks? Yes No
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-15 SUSE Linux OS T o install the RAID controller driver when installing SUSE Linux Enterprise Server SUSE Linux Enterprise Server OS 1. Boot the system from the SUSE OS installation CD. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Installation from the Boot Options menu. F1 Help F2 Language F3 1280 x 1024 F4 DVD F5 Driver Boot from Hard Disk Installation Installation--ACPI Disabled Installation--Local APIC Disabled Installation--Safe Settings Rescue System Memory Test Boot Options | 3. Press <F5>, then select Y es from the menu. Press <Enter>. F1 Help F2 Language F3 1280 x 1024 F4 DVD F5 Driver Boot from Hard Disk Installation Installation--ACPI Disabled Installation--Local APIC Disabled Installation--Safe Settings Rescue System Memory Test Boot Options | Yes No File
7-16 Chapter 7: Driver installation 4. Insert the RAID driver disk to the îoppy disk drive. Make sure that Installation from the Boot Options menu is selected, then press <Enter>. F1 Help F2 Language F3 1280 x 1024 F4 DVD F5 Driver Boot from Hard Disk Installation Installation--ACPI Disabled Installation--Local APIC Disabled Installation--Safe Settings Rescue System Memory Test Boot Options | 5. When below screen appears, select the îoppy disk drive (fd0) as the driver update medium. Select OK, then press <Enter>. Please choose the Driver Update medium. OK Back fd0: Floppy sr0: CD-ROM, TEAC DV-516E sda: Disk, SEAGATE ST336754SS sdb: Disk, SEAGATE ST336754SS Other device The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system. If you install SLES 10, type brokenmodules=ahci after Boot Options and press Enter to continue.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-17 7.2 Intel ® chipset device installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Plug and Play components for the Intel ® chipset on the system. Y ou need to manually install the Intel ® chipset software on a Windows Server operating system. T o install the Intel ® chipset device software: 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support DVD to the optical drive. The support DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click the item Intel Chipset Device Software from the menu. 4. The Intel(R) Chipset Device Software window appears. Click Next to start installation.
7-18 Chapter 7: Driver installation 5. Select Y es to accept the terms of the License Agreement and continue the process. 6. Read the Readme File Information and press Next to continue the installation. 7. After completing the installation, click Finish to complete the setup process.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-19 7.3 LAN driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Intel ® Gigabit LAN controller drivers on a Windows ® Server OS. T o install the LAN controller drivers 1. Restart the computer , and then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Windows ® automatically detects the LAN controllers and displays a New Hardware Found window . Click Cancel to close this window . ⢠If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the île ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder. Double- click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. 3. Click the Intel Network Connections Software to begin installation. 4. Click Install Drivers and Software option to begin installation.
7-20 Chapter 7: Driver installation 5. Click Next when the Intel(R) Network ConnectionsâInstallShield Wizard window appears. 6. T oggle I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next to continue. 7. Click the Intel(R) PROSet for Windows Device Manager box, and then click Next to start the installation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-21 8. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. 9. When înished, press Finish to continue.
7-22 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.4 VGA driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Aspeed ® AST2050 Video Graphics Adapter (VGA) driver . Y ou need to manually install the Aspeed ® AST2050 VGA driver on a Windows ® Server operating system. T o install the Aspeed ® AST2050 VGA driver 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support DVD to the optical drive. The support DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . The Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click Next to start the installation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-23 5. When the installation completes, click Finish to restart your computer before using the program. 4. Click Install to update the VGA driver .
7-24 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.5 Management applications and utilities installation The support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, management applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. The contents of the support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) for updates. 7.5.1 Running the support DVD Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the île ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. 7.5.2 Drivers menu The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-25 7.5.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu displays the software applications and utilities that the motherboard supports. Click an item to install. 7.5.5 Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also înd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 7.5.4 Make disk menu The Make disk menu contains items to create the Intel ICH10R and LSI MegaRAID driver disks.
7-26 Chapter 7: Driver installation
ii Copyright © 2010 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this ma nual, including the products and soft ware described in i t, may be reproduc ed, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âASUSâ). ASUS provides this manual âas isâ without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties or conditions of merchantability or îtness for a particular purpose. In no event shall ASUS, its directors, ofîcers, employees, or agents be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages (including damages for loss of proîts, loss of business, loss of use or data, interruption of business and the like), even if ASUS has been advised of the possibility of such damages arising from any defect or error in this manual or product. Speciîcations and information contained in this manual ae furnished for informational use only , and are subject to change at any time without notice, and should not be construed as a commitment by ASUS. ASUS assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this manual, including the products and software described in it. Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîed or altered, unless such repair , modiîcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneît, without intent to infringe. E5342 First Edition V1 February 2010
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 System package contents ........................................................... 1-2 1.2 Serial number label ...................................................................... 1-2 1.3î Systemîspeciîcations ................................................................. 1-3 1.4 Front panel features ..................................................................... 1-5 1.5 Rear panel features ...................................................................... 1-5 1.6 Internal features ........................................................................... 1-6 1.7 LED information ........................................................................... 1-7 1.7.1 Front panel LEDs ............................................................ 1-7 1.7.2 LAN (RJ-45) LEDs .......................................................... 1-8 1.7.3 HDD status LED .............................................................. 1-8 Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2.1 Chassis cover ............................................................................... 2-2 2.2 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-3 2.2.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-3 2.2.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and airduct .......................... 2-6 2.3 System memory ........................................................................... 2-8 2.3.1 Overview ......................................................................... 2-8 2.3.2 Memory Conîgurations ................................................... 2-8 2.3.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-10 2.3.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-10 2.4 Hard disk drives ......................................................................... 2-1 1 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-13 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-1 3 2.5.2 Conîguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-15 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-1 5 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots (x16 link; x8 link) ....................... 2-16 2.5.5 PCI slot ......................................................................... 2-1 6 2.5.6 PIKE slot ....................................................................... 2-16 2.6 Cable connections ..................................................................... 2-17 2.7 SA T AII/SAS backplane cabling ................................................. 2-18
iv Contents 2.8 Removable/optional components ............................................. 2-19 2.8.1 System fans .................................................................. 2-19 2.8.2 Redundant power supply module ................................. 2-20 2.8.3 Installing ASUS PIKE RAID card (optional) .................. 2-2 1 2.8.4 Installing ASMB4 series management board (optional) 2-2 3 Chapter 3: Installation options 3.1 Installing friction rail kit items .................................................... 3-2 3.1.1 Attaching the îxing latches to the server ........................ 3- 2 3.1.2 Attaching the rack rails .................................................... 3-3 3.1.3 Mounting the server to the rack ...................................... 3-4 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4.1 Motherboard layouts .................................................................... 4-2 4.2 Jumpers ........................................................................................ 4-4 4.3 Internal connectors ...................................................................... 4-9 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 5-2 5.1.1 AFUDOS utility ................................................................ 5- 2 5.1.2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility ...................................... 5-4 5.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 5-5 5.2.1 BIOS menu screen .......................................................... 5-6 5.2.2 Menu bar ......................................................................... 5-6 5.2.3 Navigation keys ............................................................... 5-6 5.2.4 Menu items ..................................................................... 5-7 5.2.5 Sub-menu items .............................................................. 5-7 5.2.6 Conîguration îelds ......................................................... 5-7 5.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................... 5-7 5.2.8 Scroll bar ......................................................................... 5-7 5.2.9 General help ................................................................... 5-7 5.3 Main menu .................................................................................... 5-8 5.3.1 System T ime ................................................................... 5-8 5.3.2 System Date ................................................................... 5-8 5.3.3 SA T A1â6 ......................................................................... 5-9 5.3.4 IDE Conîguration .......................................................... 5-1 0 5.3.5 AHCI Conîguration ........................................................5-1 1
v Contents 5.3.6 System Information ....................................................... 5-1 2 5.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 5-13 5.4.1 CPU Conîguration ........................................................ 5-13 5.4.2 Chipset Conîguration ................................................... 5-17 5.4.3 Legacy Device Conîguration ........................................ 5-20 5.4.4 USB Conîguration ........................................................ 5-21 5.4.5 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 5-22 5.4.6 Power On Conîguration ................................................ 5-23 5.4.7 Event Log Conîguration ............................................... 5-2 4 5.4.8 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 5-24 5.4.9 Conîgure I/O Virtualization Parameters ........................ 5-2 5 5.4.10 PCI Express Conîguration ............................................ 5-26 5.4.1 1 ACPI Conîguration ....................................................... 5-26 5.5 Server menu ............................................................................... 5-28 5.6 Boot menu .................................................................................. 5-30 5.6.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 5-30 5.6.2 Boot Settings Conîguration .......................................... 5-31 5.6.3 Security ......................................................................... 5-3 2 5.7 Exit menu .................................................................................... 5-34 Chapterî6:î RAIDîconîguratio n 6.1 Setting up RAID ............................................................................ 6-2 6.1.1 RAID deînitions .............................................................. 6- 2 6.1.2 Installing hard disk drives ................................................ 6- 2 6.1.3 RAID controller selection ................................................ 6-3 6.1.4 Setting the RAID item in BIOS ........................................ 6-3 6.2î î LSIîSoftwareîRAIDîConîgurationîUtility .................................... 6-4 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set ........................................................ 6-5 6.2.2 Adding or viewing a RAID conîguration ........................6-1 1 6.2.3 Initializing the virtual drives ........................................... 6-1 2 6.2.4 Rebuilding failed drives ................................................. 6-16 6.2.5 Checking the drives for data consistency ..................... 6-17 6.2.6 Deleting a RAID conîguration ....................................... 6-20 6.2.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set ...................... 6-21 6.2.8 Enabling WriteCache .................................................... 6-22 6.3 Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ................. 6-23
vi Contents 6.3.1 Creating a RAID set ...................................................... 6-24 6.3.2 Creating a Recovery set ............................................... 6-2 5 6.3.3 Deleting a RAID set ...................................................... 6-27 6.3.4 Resetting disks to Non-RAID ........................................ 6-28 6.3.5 Recovery V olume Options ............................................ 6-29 6.3.6 Exiting the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager .................... 6-3 0 6.3.7 Rebuilding the RAID ..................................................... 6-3 0 6.3.8 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility ............ 6-3 2 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 7-2 7.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk ............................................ 7- 2 7.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver ................................ 7-5 7.2 Intel ® chipset device installation .............................................. 7-17 7.3 LAN driver installation ............................................................... 7-19 7.4 VGA driver installation............................................................... 7-22 7.5 Management applications and utilities installation ................ 7-24 7.5.1 Running the support DVD ............................................. 7-24 7.5.2 Drivers menu ................................................................. 7-24 7.5.3 Utilities menu ................................................................ 7-25 7.5.4 Make disk menu ............................................................ 7-25
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This e quipment has been teste d and found to comply w ith th e limits fo r a Cl ass B digi tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rul es. These limi ts are desi gned to pro vide reasona ble protect ion against harmful int erfere nce in a re sident ial instal lation. This equipm ent ge nerate s, uses and can radiate radio frequ ency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with m anufacturer âs ins tructi ons, may ca use harmful interferenc e to radio c ommunicatio ns. Ho wever , there is no guaran tee that i nterfe rence will not occur in a parti cular inst allati on. If thi s equipment does c ause harmful interferen ce to radio or televisi on rec eption, whi ch can be determ ined by turn ing the equ ipment of f and on, t he user is encouraged t o try to correc t the interf erence by o ne or more o f the follo wing m easures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit dif ferent from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. W ARNING! The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the userâs authority to operate this equipment. REACH Information Complying with the REACH (Reg istration, Evaluatio n, Authoriz ation, and Restrict ion of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://green.asus.com/english/REACH.htm.
viii Safety information Electrical Safety ⢠Before installing or removing signal cables, ensure that the power cables for the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged. ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîed service technician or your dealer . Operation Safety ⢠Any mechanical operation on this server must be conducted by certiîed or experienced engineers. ⢠Before operating the server , carefully read all the manuals included with the server package. ⢠Before using the server , ensure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If any damage is detected, contact your dealer as soon as possible. ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠A void dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Place the server on a stable surface. Lithium-Ion Battery W arning CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturerâs instructions. CD-ROM Drive Safety W arning CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT Heavy System CAUTION! This server system is heavy . Ask for assistance when moving or carrying the system. This product is equipped with a three-wire power cable and plug for the userâs safety . Use the power cable with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid electrical shock.
ix About this guide Audience This user guide is intended for system integrators, and experienced users with at least basic knowledge of conîguring a server . Contents This guide contains the following parts: 1. Chapter 1: Product Introduction This chapter describes the general features of the server , including sections on front panel and rear panel speciîcations. 2. Chapter 2: Hardware setup This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing or removing system components. 3. Chapter 3: Installation options This chapter describes how to install optional components into the barebone server . 4. Chapter 4: Motherboard information This chapter gives information about the motherboard that comes with the server . This chapter includes the motherboard layout, jumper settings, and connector locations. 5. Chapter 5: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus and describes the BIOS parameters. 6.î Chapterî6:îRAIDîconîguration This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. 7 Chapter 7: Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components. DO N OT t hr ow t he m ot he rb oa rd in m un ic ip al w as te . Th is p ro du ct ha s be en d es ig ne d to e na bl e pr op er r eu se o f par ts a nd r ec yc li ng . T hi s sy mb ol o f th e cr os se d ou t wh ee le d bi n in di ca te s th at t he p ro duc t (e le ct ri ca l an d el ec tr oni c eq ui pm en t) s ho ul d no t be pl ac ed i n mu ni ci pa l wa st e. Ch ec k lo ca l re gu la ti on s fo r d is po sa l of e le ct ro ni c pr od uc ts . DO NOT throw the mercury-containing button cell battery in municipal waste. This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste.
x References Refer to the following sources for additional information, and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS Server Web-based Management (ASWM) user guide This manual tells how to set up and use the proprietary ASUS server management utility . 2. ASUS websites Th e A SUS we bs it es wor ld wi de pro vid e up dat ed in fo rma tio n f or a ll ASU S ha rdw are an d so ftw are p ro duc ts. Re fe r to the A SU S c ont act i nf orm ati on. Conventions T o ensure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater-than sign means that you must press the enclosed key . Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
1- ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter describes the general features of the chassis kit. It includes sections on front panel and rear panel speciîcations. Chapter 1 Product introduction
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-2 *ASUS System Web-based Management If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.1 System package contents Check your system package for the following items. Model Name RS720-E6/RS12 Chassis ASUS R20C 2U Rackmount Chassis Motherboard ASUS Z8PE-D18 Server Board Component 1 x 770W Redundant Power Supply 1 x SA T AII/SAS HDD Backplane (BP12LX-R20A) 12 x hot-swap HDD trays 1 x Front I/O Board (LED board, FPB-R20A) 1 x Front I/O Board (USB board, USB-R20A) 4 x System Fans (80 x 38mm) 1 x Redundant Power Supply Distribution Board (PDB-R20A) 1 x Air Duct Accessories 1 x RS720-E6/RS12 Userâs Guide 1 x ASWM 2.0 Userâs Guide 1 x RS720-E6/RS12 Support CD (including ASWM*) 1 x Bag of Screws 1 x AC Power Cable 1 x Friction Rail Kit Optional Items CA eTrust Anti-virus Software CD Second 770W Redundant Power Supply Module CPU Heatsink 1.2 Serial number label Before requesting support from the ASUS T echnical Support team, you must take note of the productâs serial number containing 14 characters such as xxS0xxxxxxxxxx. See the îgure below . With the correct serial number of the product, ASUS T echnical Support team members can then offer a quicker and satisfying solution to your problems. xxS0xxxxxxxxxx RS720-E6/RS12
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 1-3 1.3î Systemîspeciî¿cations The ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 is a server featuring the ASUS Z8PE-D18 server board. The server supports Intel ® LGA1366 Xeon ® series processors with EM64T technology , plus other latest technologies through the chipsets onboard. (continued on the next page) Model Name RS720-E6/RS12 Processor / System Bus 2 x Socket LGA1366 Six/Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® X5600 Series (95W) Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® X5500 Series (95W) Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® E5500 Series (80W) Quad-Core Intel ® Xeon ® L5500 Series (60W/38W) QPI 4.8 / 5.86 / 6.4 GT/s Core Logic Intel ® 5520 I/O Hub Intel ® ICH10R ASUS Features Fan Speed Control â ASWM 2.0 â Memory T otal Slots 18 (3-channel per CPU, 9 DIMMs per CPU) Capacity Maximum up to 144GB (RDIMM) Maximum up to 48GB (UDIMM) Memory T ype DDR3 1333 / 1066 / 800 Reg DIMM / Unbuffered DIMM with ECC Memory Size 1GB, 2GB, 4GB and 8GB (RDIMM) 1GB, 2GB and 4GB (UDIMM) Expansion Slots T otal PCI/PCI-X/ PCI-E Slots 5 Slot T ype Low-proîle slots: - Slot 1: PCI-E x8 (G1 x4 link) (Auto disabled if PIKE slot is occupied) - Slot 2: PCI - Slot 3: PCI-E x16 (G2 x16 link) (Auto switch to x8 link if slot 4 is occupied) - Slot 4: PCI-E x16 (G2 x8 link) - Slot 5: PCI-E x16 (G2 x16 link) Additional Slot 1 x PIKE slot for storage enhancement Storage SA T A Controller Intel ® ICH10R: - 6 x SA T A2 300MB/s ports - Intel ® Matrix Storage (for Windows only) - Supports software RAID 0, 1, 5 & 10 LSI MegaRAID (for Linux / Windows) - Supports software RAID 0, 1 & 10 SAS Controller Optional: ASUS PIKE 1068E 8-port SAS RAID card ASUS PIKE 1078 8-port SAS HW RAID card ASUS PIKE 6480 8-port SAS RAID card HDD Bays I = Internal A or S will be hot-swappable 8 x Hot-swap 3.5â SA T AII/SAS HDD Bays (available only when an optional ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card is installed) 4 x Hot-swap 3.5â SA T AII HDD Bays
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-4 *Speciîcationsîareîsubjectîtoîchangeîwithoutînotice. Networking LAN 1 x Dual Port Intel 82576EB (VMD q) 1 x Mgmt LAN Graphic VGA Aspeed AST2050 / 8MB Onboard I/O 1 x External Serial Port 3 x RJ-45 ports (1 for ASMB4-iKVM) 4 x USB 2.0 ports (Front x 2, Rear x 2) 1 x VGA port 1 x PS/2 keyboard port 1 x PS/2 mouse port OS Support Windows ® Server 2008 R2 Windows ® Server 2008 Enterprise 32 / 64-bit Windows ® Server 2003 R2 Enterprise 32 / 64-bit RedHat ® Enterprise Linux AS5.0 32 / 64-bit SuSE ® Linux Enterprise Server 10.0 32 / 64-bit (Subject to change without any notice) Anti-virus Software Optional CA eTrust Anti-virus Software CD Management Solution Out of Band Remote Hardware Optional ASMB4-iKVM for KVM-over-IP support Software ASUS ASWM 2.0 Dimension (HH x WW x DD) 615mm x 444mm x 87mm (2U) Net Weight Kg (CPU, DRAM & HDD not inclu ded) 25 Kg Power Supply 770W (80 ) 1 1 Redundant Power Supply (Default with one Power Supply Module) Environment Operation temperature: 10°Câ35°C / Non operation temperature: -40°Câ70°C Non operation humidity: 20%â90% ( Non- condensing)
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 1-5 1.4 Front panel features The barebone server displays a simple yet stylish front panel with easily accessible features. The power and reset buttons, LED indicators, optical drive, and two USB ports are located on the front panel. Refer to section 1.7.1 Front panel LEDs for the LED descriptions. ⢠The ports for the PS/2 keyboard, PS/2 mouse, serial port, USB, VGA, and Gigabit LAN do not appear on the rear panel if motherboard is not present. ⢠*The port is for ASUS ASMB4-iKVM controller card only . 1.5 Rear panel features The rear panel includes the expansion slots, system power socket, and rear fans. The middle part includes the I/O shield with openings for the rear panel connectors on the motherboard. USB ports Power button Front panel LEDs Location switch Reset button HDD 1 (SAS) HDD 2 (SAS) HDD 3 (SAS) HDD 4 (SAS) HDD 5 (SAS) HDD 6 (SAS) HDD 7 (SAS) HDD 8 (SAS) HDD 9 (SA T A) HDD 10 (SA T A) HDD 1 1 (SA T A) HDD 12 (SA T A) PS/2 keyboard port USB ports LAN port 1 Serial port VGA port 7 Expansion slots LAN port 2 Power cord connector PS/2 mouse port Redundant power supply dummy cover LAN port 3*
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-6 1.6 Internal features The barebone server includes the basic components as shown. The barebone server does not inc lude a îoppy disk drive. Connect a USB îoppy disk drive to any of the USB ports on the front or rear panel if you need to use a îoppy disk. *W ARNING HAZARDOUS MOVING P AR TS KEEP FINGERS AND OTHER BODY P ARTS A WA Y 1. Power supply and p ower fan 2. ASUS Z8PE-D18 Server Board 3. System fans 4. SA T A/SAS backplane (hidden) 5. Hot-swap HDD tray 1â 12 (SAS and SA T A) 6. Front USB I/O Board (USB-R20A) 7. Front LED Board (FPB- R20A) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A protection îlm is pre-attached to the front cover before shipping. Please remove the protection îlm before turning on the system for proper heat dissipation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 1-7 1.7 LED information 1.7.1 Front panel LEDs Message LED LAN2 LED HDD Access LED LAN1 LED Power LED Location LED LED Icon Disp lay status Description Power LED ON System power ON HDD Access LED OFF No activity Blinking Read/write data into the HDD Message LED OFF System is normal; no incoming event ON 1. Without ASMB4-iKVM installed: CPU over-heated 2. With ASMB4-iKVM installed: a hardware monitor event is indicated Location LED OFF Normal status ON Location switch is pressed (Press the location switch again to turn off) LAN LEDs OFF No LAN connection Blinking LAN is transmitting or receiving data ON LAN connection is present
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-8 1.7.3 HDD status LED SA T AII/SAS HDD LED Description HDD Activity LED (Green) OFF HDD not present ON HDD present, no activity Blinking 1. Read/write data from/into the SA T AII/SAS HDD 2. Locating (blinking with the HDD status LED) HDD Status LED (Red) OFF HDD not present ON HDD has failed and should be swapped immediately Blinking 1. RAID rebuilding 2. Locating (blinking with the HDD activity LED) 1.7.2 LAN (RJ-45) LEDs ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED HDD Activity LED (Green) HDD Status LED (Red)
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2- This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing or removing system components. Chapter 2 Hardware setup
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-2 2.1 Chassis cover 2. Firmly hold the cover and slide it toward the rear panel for about half an inch until it is disengaged from the chassis. 3. Lift the cover from the chassis. 1. Loosen the two thumbscrews on the rear panel to release the rear cover from the chassis. Removing the rear cover Thumbscrews 1/2 inch distance
2-3 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.2.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.2 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with two surface mount LGA1366 sockets designed for the Intel ® Xeon ® Dual/Quad Core processor . ⢠Y our boxed Intel ® Xeon ® LGA1366 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU and heatsink. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter . ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, ensure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA1366 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. Before installing the CPU, ensure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-4 T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2. Press the loa d lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. A B Load lever Retention tab 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135º angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreînger to a 100º angle. Load plate 4 3 5. Remove the PnP cap from the CPU socket. PnP cap
2-5 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 The CPU îts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Position the CPU over the socket, ensuring that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket, and then ît the socket alignment key into the CPU notch. Gold triangle mark Alignment key CPU notch 7. Apply some Thermal Interface Material to the exposed area of the CPU that the heatsink will be in contact with, ensuring that it is spread in an even thin layer . Some heatsinks come with pre- applied thermal paste. If so, skip this step. T o prevent contaminating the paste, DO NOT spread the paste with your înger directly . DO NOT eat the thermal Interface Material. If it gets into your eyes or touches your skin, ensure that you wash it off immediately and seek professional medical help. 8. Close the load plate (A), and then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. A B
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-6 2. T wist each of the four screws with a Philips (cross) screwdriver just enough to attach the heatsink to the motherboard. When the four screws are attached, tighten them one by one to completely secure the heatsink. 2.2.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and airduct T o install the CPU heatsink: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, ensuring that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. T o install the airduct: 1. Position the airduct on top of the heatsink. Carefully lower the airduct until it îts in place. T ighten the four heatsink screws in a diagonal sequence. A B B A
2-7 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2. Secure the airduct with one screw .
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-8 2.3 System memory 2.3.1 Overview The motherboard comes w ith eighteen (18) Double Data Rate 3 (DDR3) Du al Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. The îgure illustrates the location of the DDR3 DIMM sockets: 2.3.2î MemoryîConîgurations Y ou may install 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB and 8 GB registered DDR3 DIMMs with ECC or 1GB, 2GB and 4GB unbuffered DDR3 DIMMs with ECC into the DIMM sockets using the memory conîgurations in this section. ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency . For optimum compatibility , it is recommended that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . ⢠For CPU1 conîguraton, when installing only one DIMM, install it to the orange slots labeled DIMM_A1, DIMM_B1, or DIMM_C1. ⢠For CPU2 conîguraton, when installing only one DIMM, install it to the orange slots labeled DIMM_D1, DIMM_E1, or DIMM_F1.
2-9 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 Memory population table For UDIMM and Quad Ranks RDIMM: CPUî1îConîgurationî DIMM _A3 DIMM_A2 DIM M_A1 DIM M_B3 DIMM_B 2 DIMM _B1 DIMM _C3 DIM M_C2 DI MM_ C1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- CPUî2îConîguration DIM M_D3 DI MM_D 2 DI MM_D 1 DIMM _E3 DIMM_E2 DIM M_E1 DIMM_F3 DIMM_F2 DIMM_F1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- For RDIMM (Single Rank, Dual Ranks): CPUî1îConîgurationî DIMM _A3 DIMM_A2 DIM M_A1 DIM M_B3 DIMM_B 2 DIMM _B1 DIMM _C3 DIM M_C2 DI MM_ C1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- 7 DIMMs -- -- 8 DIMMs 9 DIMMs CPUî2îConîguration DIM M_D3 D IMM_ D2 DIMM _D1 DIMM_ E3 DIM M_E2 DIMM_E 1 DIMM_F3 DIMM_F2 DIMM_F1 1 DIMM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 DIMMs -- -- -- -- -- 5 DIMMs -- -- -- -- 6 DIMMs -- -- -- 7 DIMMs -- -- 8 DIMMs -- 9 DIMMs
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-10 2.3.3 Installing a DIMM 2.3.4 Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. Support the DIMM lightly with your îngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îips out with extra force. DIMM notch 1 1 2 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. Ensure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. A DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îts in only one direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. Unlocked retaining clip 1 DIMM notch 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. Locked Retaining Clip 2 1 3
2-1 1 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.4 Hard disk drives The system supports eight hot-swap SA T AII/SAS hard disk drives (available only when an optional ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card is installed) and four hot-swap SA T AII hard disk drives. The hard disk drive installed on the drive tray connects to the motherboard SA T AII/SAS ports via the SA T AII/SAS backplane. T o install a hot-swap SA T AII/SAS HDD: 1. Release a drive tray by pushing the spring lock to the right, then pulling the tray lever outward. The drive tray ejects slightly after you pull out the lever . spring lock 2. Firmly hold the tray lever and pull the drive tray out of the bay . 3. T ake note of the drive tray holes. Each side has three holes to ît different types of hard disk drives. Use two screws on each side to secure the hard disk drive. 4. Place a SA T AII/SAS hard disk drive on the tray , then secure it with four screws.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-12 5. Carefully insert the drive tray and push it all the way to the depth of the bay until just a small fraction of the tray edge protrudes. 6. Push the tray lever until it clicks, and secures the drive tray in place. The drive tray is correctly placed when its front edge aligns with the bay edge. 7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 if you wish to install other SA T AII/SAS drive(s). When installed, the SA T AII/SAS connector on the drive connects to the SA T AII/ SAS interface on the backplane.
2-13 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following subsections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. Ensure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 supports low-proîle expansion cards only . 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 2. Align the card golden îngers with the slot, and then press îrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 1. Remove the two screws on the metal bracket lock, and then set it aside. Remove the metal slot cover opposite the slot where you wish to install an expansion card. 3. Place the metal bracket lock, and secure it with two screws.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-14 1 2 1. Bend and break the airduct edge marked in the îgure below . 2. If the expansion card is still hindered by the airduct, bend and break the rest of the airduct edge marked in the îgure below . T o modify the size of the airduct: If you install an expansion card that is hindered by the airduct, follow the instructions below to modify the size of the airduct.
2-15 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices. IRQ Priority Standard function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 - Programmable Interrupt 3* 1 1 Communications Port (COM2) 4* 12 Communications Port (COM1) 5* 13 -- 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7* 15 -- 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9* 4 ACPI Mode when used 10* 5 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 1 1* 6 IRQ Holder for PCI Steering 12* 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14* 9 Primary IDE Channel 15* 10 Secondary IDE Channel 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard Interrupt assignments When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. 2.5.2î Conîguringîanîexpansionîcard After installing the expansion card, conîgure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 5 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-16 2.5.4 PCI Express x16 slots (x16 link; x8 link) The onboard PCI Express x16 slots provides two x16 link or one x16 link and two x8 links to Intel 5520 IOH chipset. These slots support VGA cards and various server class high performance add-on cards. 2.5.5 PCI slot The PCI slot supports cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîcations. 2.5.6 PIKE slot The PIKE slot allows you to choose and change your preferred SAS solution easily . Install an optional ASUS PIKE RAID card based on your needs. The PIKE Interface is for ASUS PIKE RAID card only . Slot 1: PCI-E x8 slot (Gen1 x4 link) (Auto turn off if PIKE slot is occupied) PIKE Interface Slot 2:PCI slot Slot 3: PCI-E x16 slot (Gen2 x16 link) (Auto switch to x8 link if slot 4 is occupied) Slot 4: PCI-E x16 slot (Gen2 x8 link) Slot 5: PCI-E x16 slot (Gen2 x16 link) This slot is not available.
2-17 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.6 Cable connections Pre-connected system cables 1. 24-pin SSI power connector (from power supply to motherboard) 2. 8-pin SSI power connector (from power supply to motherboard) 3. Power supply SMBus connector (from power supply to motherboard) 4. System fan connectors (from motherboard FRNT_F AN1, CPU_F AN1 FRNT_F AN2, FRNT_F AN3, CPU_F AN2, and FRNT_F AN4 to system fans) 5. USB connector (from motherboard to front I/O board) 6. Panel connector (from motherboard to front I/O board) 7. SA T A connectors (from motherboard to SA T AII/SAS backplane board) 8. SAS connectors (from motherboard to SA T AII/SAS backplane board) 9. Auxiliary panel connector (from motherboard to front I/O board) ⢠The bundled system cables are pre-connected before shipment. Y ou do not need to disconnect these cables unless you will remove pre-installed components to install additional devices. ⢠Refer to Chapter 4 for detailed information on the connectors. 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 4 4 4 4 4
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-18 2.7 SATAII/SAS backplane cabling MODE_SEL2: Set to pin 1-2 to enable SGPIO function (default). SGPIO1/2: Connects to the SGPIO1/2 connector on the motherboard. (For SAS HDD 1-8 and ASUS PIKE RAID card or 3rd party RAID card) SGPIO3*: Connects to the SGPIO3 connector on the motherboard. (For 3rd party RAID card only) SGPIO3_SB1*: Connects to the SGPIO connector on the motherboard to support ICH10R SA T A SGPIO function. MODE_SEL1: Set to pin 1-2 to enable SGPIO function (default). BPSMB1: Connects to the auxiliary panel connector on the motherboard. X A_SDIN A_SDOUT GND X A_SLOAD A_SCLK SGPIO1/2/3 pinîdeînition Connects a 8-pin plug from power supply Connects to the SAS connectors on the motherboard. Install an optional ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card or a 3rd party RAID card before using these ports. Connects to the Intel ® ICH10R SA T A connectors on the motherboard by factory default.
2-19 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.8 Removable/optional components Y ou may need to remove previously installed system components when installing or removing system devices. Or you may need to install the optional components into the system. This section tells how to remove/install the following components: 1. System fans 2. Redundant power supply module (optional) 3. ASUS PIKE RAID card (optional) 4. ASUS ASMB4-iKVM (optional) Ensure that the system is turned off before removing any components. 2.8.1 System fans T o uninstall the system fans: 1. Press inward to release the system fan. 2. Lift the fan, then set aside. 3. Repeat step 1 to 2 to uninstall the other system fans.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-20 2.8.2 Redundant power supply module T o install a second redundant power supply module: 1. Remove the redundant power supply dummy cover . 2. T ake out the seocond redundant power supply module from its package. Slide it into the chassis. 3. Firmly pull the lever to slide the power supply module into the chassis.
2-21 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.8.3 Installing ASUS PIKE RAID card (optional) Follow the ste ps below to ins tall an option al ASUS RAID car d on your moth erboard. 1. Locate the PIKE RAID card slot on the motherboard. 2. Align the golden îngers of the RAID card with the PIKE RAID card slot. 3. Insert the RAID card into the PIKE RAID card slot. Ensure that it is completely seated on the PIKE RAID card slot.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-22 Installing i Button (for PIKE 1078 only) Follow the steps below to install an optional i Button on your motherboard. 1. Locate the I Button slot on the motherboard. 2. Snap the I Button in place. Y ou need to install I Button before using PIKE 1078 functions.
2-23 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2.8.4 Installing ASMB4 series management board (optional) Follow the steps below to install an optional ASMB4 series management board on your motherboard. 3. Insert the LAN cable plug to the LAN port 3 (dedicated LAN) or LAN port 1 (shared LAN) for server management. LAN port 3 LAN port 1 1. Locate the BMC_FW header on the motherboard. 2. Orient and press the ASMB4 management card in place.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-24
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 2- This chapter describes how to install the optional components and devices into the barebone server . Chapter 3 Installation options
Chapter 3: Installation options 3-2 3.1 Installing friction rail kit items Y our friction rail kit package contains: ⢠T wo pairs of rack rails (for the rack) ⢠Nut-and-bolt type screws and one pair of server latches Nuts and screws Front rack rails Rear rack rails 3.1.1î Attachingîtheîîxingîlatchesîtoîtheîserver Refer to the image below for the locations to attach the two îxing latches to the two sides of the server with four screws. Fixing latch
3-3 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 3.1.2 Attaching the rack rails T o attach the rack rails 1. Place the two front rail rack joints into the rear rail rack slots, as shown in the following îgure. 2. Attach the front and rear rail racks with eight screws and nuts, as shown in the following îgure. Do not secure the screws too tight so that you can still adjust the length of the rack rails to meet the depth of the server rack. Front rail rack Rear rail rack Frontîrailîrackîjoints Rear rail rack slots 7. Secure the front end of the rail with two rack screws, as shown in the right îgure. 8. Secure the rear end of the rail with two rack screws, as shown in the right îgure. 9. Fasten the eight screw you secure in step 2, as shown in the right îgure. 10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 to assemble and attach the rack rail on the other side. 3. Select two units of space (2U) on the rack where you want to install the barebone server . 4. Measure the depth of the rack to determine the length of the rack rails. 5. Adjust the rack rail to ensure that it îts the rack. 6. Position the rack rail to the 2U space on the rack. Ensure that the front end of the rack rail goes to the front of the rack space. 7 9 8 7 9 8
Chapter 3: Installation options 3-4 3.1.3 Mounting the server to the rack T o mount the server to the rack 1. Place the server on the rack rails, and then push the server all the way to the depth of the rack. T o uninstall the server from the rack 1. Loosen the rack screws that secured the server to the rack. 2. Pull the server from the rack. Remember to press the latches on both sides to release the server from the rack. 2. T ighten the two rack screws to secure the server in place.
3- 4-1 ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter includes the motherboard layout, and brief descriptions of the jumpers and internal connectors. Chapter 4 Motherboard info
4-2 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4.1 Motherboard layouts
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-3 Layout contents Jumpers Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLR TC1) 4-4 2. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_SW1) 4-5 3. CPU Fan and Chassis Fan control setting (3-pin CPUF AN_SEL1, CHAF AN_SEL1) 4-5 4. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_SW1, LAN_SW2) 4-6 5. DDR3 voltage control setting (4-pin L VDDR3_SEL1; L VDDR3_SEL2 4-6 6. iBTN RAID setting (3-pin IBTN_SEL1) 4-7 7. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) 4-8 8. RAID conîguration utility selection (3-pin RAID_SEL1) 4-8 Internal connectors Page 1. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1â4 [red], SA T A5â6 [black]) 4-9 2. SAS connectors (7-pin SAS1â4 [red], SAS5â8 [blue]) 4-10 3. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 4-10 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB34, USB56; 4-pin USB7) 4-1 1 5. Thermal sensor cable conectors (3-pin TR1, TR2) 4-1 1 6. CPU, front and rear fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1, CPU_F AN2, FRNT_F AN1, FRNT_F AN2, FRNT_FAN3, FRNT_F AN4, REAR_F AN1, REAR_F AN2 4-12 7. LPC debug card connector (14-1 pin LPC1) 4-12 8. Seri al Gen eral Pu rpose Input/O utput connec tor (6-1 p in SGPI O1) 4-13 9. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connectors (8-1 pin SGPIO2/3) 4-13 10. Serial port connectors (10-1 pin COM2) 4-14 1 1. BMC header (BMC_FW1) 4-14 12. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) 4-15 13. SSI power connectors (24-pin A TXPWR1, 8-pin A TX12V1/2) 4-15 14. System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) 4-16 15. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_P ANEL1) 4-17
4-4 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4.2 Jumpers 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, t ime, and system setup paramet ers by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Move the jumper cap from pins 1â2 (default) to pins 2â3. Keep the cap on pin s 2â3 for about 5â 10 seconds, then move t he cap back to pi ns 1â2 . 3. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 4. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLR TC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! If the steps above do not help, remove the onboard battery and move the jumper again to clear the CMOS RTC RAM data. After the CMOS clearance, reinstall the battery .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-5 2. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_SW1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the onboard VGA controller . Set to pins 1â2 to activate the VGA feature. 3. CPU Fan and Chassis Fan control setting (3-pin CPUF AN_SEL1, CHAF AN_SEL1) These jumpers allow you to switch for fan pin selection. The CPUF AN_SEL1 jumper is for the CPU fans control and the CHAF AN_SEL1 jumper is for the front fans and rear fans control. Set to pins 1â2 when using 4-pin fans or pins 2â3 when using 3-pin fans. ⢠If you use a 4-pin fan but set the jumper to pin 2-3, the fan you installed may not work. ⢠If you use a 3-pin fan but set the jumper for a 4-pin fan, the fan control will not work and the fan you installed will always run at full speed.
4-6 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 4. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_SW1, LAN_SW2) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard Intel ® 82576EB Gigabit LAN controllers. Set to pins 1-2 to activate the Gigabit LAN feature. 5. DDR3 voltage control setting (4-pin L VDDR3_SEL1; L VDDR3_SEL2) These jumpers allow you to adjust the DIMM voltage. Set to pins 1â2 to select 1.5V BIOS control, pins 2â3 to select 1.2V Force or 3â4 to select 1.35V Force.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-7 6. iBTN RAID setting (3-pin IBTN_SEL1) This jumper allows you to select the RAID conîguration utility to use when you create disk arrays. Place the jumper caps on pins 1â2 if you install a PIKE RAID card to the motherboard and want to use the LSI Logic MPT Setup Utility (defaul t). Or you can place the jumper caps on pins 2â3 to create the LSI Mega RAID 5 supported by Intel ® ICH10R SA T A controller . ⢠LSI Logic MPT Setup Utility is available only when you install a PIKE RAID card. ⢠LSI Mega RAID 5 fucntion is available only when you place the iBTN to I_BTN1 slot and install an optional ASUS PIKE RAID card.
4-8 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 7. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVER Y1) This jumper allows you to quickly update or recover the BIOS settings when it becomes corrupted. T o update the BIOS: 1. Prepare a USB îash disk that contains the original or latest BIOS for the motherboard (XXXXXX.ROM) and the AFUDOS.EXE utility . 2. Set the jumper to pins 2â3. 3. Insert the USB îash and turn on the system to update the BIOS. 4. Shut down the system. 5. Set the jumper back to pins 1â2. 6. Turn on the system. 8.î RAIDîconîgurationîutilityîselectionî(3-pinîRAID_SEL1) This jumper allows you to select the RAID conîguration utility to use when you create disk arrays. Place the jumper caps over pins 1â2 if you want to use the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility (default); otherwise, place the jumper caps to pins 2â3 to use the Intel® Matrix Storage Manager .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-9 4.3 Internal connectors 1. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1, SA T A2, SA T A3, SA T A4; RED) (7-pin SA T A5, SA T A6; Black) Supported by the Intel ® ICH10R chipset, these connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives that allows up to 3Gb/s of data transfer rate. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, or RAID 5 conîguration. The actual data transfer rate depends on the speed of Serial A T A hard disks installed.
4-10 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 3. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) Thi s LED connec tor is for the stora ge add -on c ard ca ble co nnecte d to the SA T A or SA S add -on card. The read or wr ite ac tiviti es of any d evi ce connec ted to the SA T A o r S AS add-on card cause s t he front panel LED t o l igh t up. 2. SAS connectors (7-pin SAS1, SAS2, SAS3, SAS4; Red) (7-pin SAS5, SAS6, SAS7, SAS8; Blue) Thi s moth erboa rd comes with eight (8) S erial Atta che d SCSI (SAS ) conn ector s, the next- genera tion s torag e t echnol ogy th at su ppo rts both Serial Attac hed SCS I (SAS ) and Serial A T A (S A T A). E ach conne ctor s uppor ts one devic e. These connectors function only when you install a PIKE RAID card.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-1 1 4. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34, USB56; A-T ype USB7) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cables to connectors USB34 and USB56, then install the modules to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. 5. Thermal sensor cable connectors (3-pin TR1, TR2) These connectors are for temperature monitoring. Connect the thermal sensor cables to these connectors and place the other ends to the devices, which you want to monitor temperature.
4-12 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 6. CPU, front and rear fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1, CPU_F AN2, FRNT_F AN1, FRNT_F AN2, FRNT_F AN3, FRNT_F AN4, REAR_F AN1, REAR_F AN2) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mAâ740 mA (8.88 W max.) or a total of 3.15 Aâ6.66 A (53.28 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, ensuring that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . ⢠DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufîcient air îow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. ⢠These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠All fans feature the ASUS Smart Fan technology . 7. LPC debug card connector (14-1 pin LPC1) This is a low pin count interface used to plug in the LPC debug card.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-13 8. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connector (6-1 pin SGPIO1) This connector is used for the SGPIO peripherals for the LSI MegaRAID and Intel Matrix RAID SA T A LED. 9. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connectors (8-1 pin SGPIO2/3) These connector is used for the SAS chip SGPIO interface that controls the LED pattern generation, device information and general purpose data. These connectors functions only when you install an ASUS PIKE SAS RAID card.
4-14 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 10. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. O_DCD2 O_TXD2 GND O_RTS2 O_RI2 O_RXD2 O_DTR2 O_DSR2 O_CTS2 1 1. BMC header (BMC_FW1) The BMC connector on the motherboard supports an ASUS ® Server Management Board 4 Series (ASMB4).
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-15 12. Power Supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) to the power supply unit to read PSU information. Devices communicate with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices using the SMBus interface. 13. SSI power connectors (24-pin SSIPWR1, 8-pin SSI12V1, 8-pin SSI12V2) These connectors are for an SSI power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to ît these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îrmly until the connectors completely ît. ⢠DO NOT forget to connect the 24 8 8-pin power plugs; otherwise, the system will not boot up. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power o utput is recommended when conîguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Ensure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system.
4-16 Chapter 4: Motherboard information 14. System panel connector (20-pin P ANEL1) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. 1. System power LED (3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. 2. Message LED (2-pin MLED) This 2-pin connector is for the message LED cable that connects to the front message LED. The message LED is controlled by Hardware monitor to indicate an abnormal event occurance. 3. System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. 4. Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin HDDLED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. 5. SSI power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . 6. Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 4-17 15. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_P ANEL1) This connector is for additional front panel features including front panel SMB, locator LED and switch, chassis intrusion, and LAN LEDs. 1. Front panel SMB (6-1 pin FPSMB) These leads connect the front panel SMBus cable. 2. LAN activity LED (2-pin LAN1_LED, LAN2_LED ) These leads are for Gigabit LAN activity LEDs on the front panel. 3. Chassis intrusion (4-1 pin CHASSIS) These leads are for the intrusion detection feature for chassis with intrusion sensor or microswitch. When you remove any chassis component, the sensor triggers and sends a high-level signal to these leads to record a chassis intrusion event. The default setting is short CASEOPEN and GND pin by jumper cap to disable the function. 4. Locator LED (2-pin LOCA TORLED1 and 2-pin LOCA TORLED2) These leads are for the locator LED1 and LED2 on the front panel. Connect the Locator LED cables to these 2-pin connector . The LEDs will light up when the Locator button is pressed. 5. Locator Button/Swich (2-pin LOCA TORBTN) These leads are for the locator button on the front panel. This button queries the state of the system locator .
4-18 Chapter 4: Motherboard information
3- ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS p arameters are also provided. Chapter 5 BIOS setup
5-2 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup: 1. AFUDOS utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable USB îash drive.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 (T o recover the BIOS using a USB îash drive when the BIOS île fails or gets corrupted.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS île to a bootable USB îash drive in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the AFUDOS utility . 5.1.1 AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS île in DOS environment using a bootable USB îash drive with the updated BIOS île. This utility also allows you to copy the current BIOS île that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS T o copy the current BIOS île using the AFUDOS utility: ⢠Ensure that the USB îash drive is not write-protected and has at least 2048 KB free space to save the île. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only . The actual BIOS screen displays may not be the same as shown. 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable USB îash drive. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, and then at the prompt type: afudos /o[î¿lename] where the [îlename] is any user-assigned îlename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main îlename and three alphanumeric characters for the extension name. Mainîîlename Extension name A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS île to the USB îash drive. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AM I F irm war e Upd ate Ut ili ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. Reading îash ..... done Write to î¿le...... ok A:\> The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS île.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-3 UpdatingîtheîBIOSîîle T o update the BIOS île using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) and download the latest BIOS île for the motherboard. Save the BIOS île to a bootable USB îash drive. Write the BIOS îlename on a piece of paper . Y ou need to type the exact BIOS îlename at the DOS prompt. 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable USB îash drive. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, and then at the prompt type: afudos /i[î¿lename] where [îlename] is the latest or the original BIOS île on the bootable USB îash drive, and then press <Enter>. A:\>afudos /iZ8NRD12.ROM A:\>afudos /iZ8NRD12.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îash ...... done Writing îash ...... 0x0008CC00 (9%) The utility veriîes the île, and then starts updating the BIOS île. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iZ8NRD12.ROM AM I F irm war e Up dat e U ti li ty - V ers io n 1.1 9(A SU S V2. 07( 03. 11 .2 4BB )) Cop yrig ht ( C) 20 02 A meri can Meg atre nds, Inc. All rig hts r eser ved. WARNING!! Do not turn off power during îash BIOS Reading î¿le ....... done Reading îash ...... done Advance Check ...... Erasing îash ...... done Writing îash ...... done Verifying îash .... done Please restart your computer A:\>
5-4 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.1.2 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS île when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS île using a USB îash drive that contains the updated BIOS île. Prepare a USB îash drive containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility . T o recover the BIOS using ASUS CrashFree BIOS 3 1. Insert the USB îash disk that contains the BIOS île to the USB port. 2. T urn on the system. 3. The utility will automatical ly checks the devices for the BIOS île. When found, the utility reads the BIOS île and starts îashing the corrupted BIOS île. 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while recovering the BIOS! Doing so would cause system boot failure! The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS île.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-5 5.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable îrmware chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section 5.1 Managing and updating your BIOS . Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîguring your system, or prompted to âRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the îrmware chip. The îrmware chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Setup Defaults item under the Exit Menu. See section 5.7 Exit Menu . ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS île for this motherboard.
5-6 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Server For changing the advanced server settings Boot For changing the system boot conîguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 5.2.3 Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 5.2.1 BIOS menu screen Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another . v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure system Date. ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Field Tab Select Field F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Navigation keys General help Menu bar Sub-menu items Conîgurationîîelds Menu items System Time [13:44:30] System Date [Tue, 11/04/2009] SATA 1 : [ST3160812AS] SATA 2 : [Not Detected] SATA 3 : [Not Detected] SATA 4 : [Not Detected] SATA 5 : [Not Detected] SATA 6 : [TSSTcorp CDDVDW TS] IDE Conî¿guration AHCI Conî¿guration System Information
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-7 5.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 5.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 5.2.6î Conîgurationîîelds These îelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîgurable, you can change the value of the îeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîgurable. A conîgurable îeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to 5.2.7 Pop-up window. 5.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîguration options for that item. 5.2.8 Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not ît on the screen. Press the Up/ Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 5.2.9 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced CPU Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration USB Functions [12 USB Ports] USB Port Conî¿gure [8X4 USB Ports] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] HDA Controller [Enabled] SMBUS Controller [Enabled] SLP_S4# Min. Assertion Width [1 to 2 seconds] PCIE Ports Conî¿guration PCIE Port 0 [Auto] PCIE Port 1 [Auto] PCIE Port 2 [Auto] PCIE Port 3 [Auto] PCIE Port 4 [Auto] PCIE Port 5 [Auto] PCIE High Priority Port [Disabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Options Disabled 2 USB Ports 4 USB Ports 6 USB Ports 8 USB Ports 10 USB Ports 12 USB Ports Scroll bar Disabled 2 USB Ports 4 USB Ports 6 USB Ports 8 USB Ports 10 USB Ports 12 USB Ports Pop-up window
5-8 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 5.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 5.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. Refer to section 5.2.1 BIOS menu screen for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Use [ENTER], [TAB] or [SHIFT-TAB] to select a î¿eld. Use [ ] or [-] to conî¿gure system Date. System Time [13:44:30] System Date [Tue, 11/04/2009] SATA 1 : [ST3160812AS] SATA 2 : [Not Detected] SATA 3 : [Not Detected] SATA 4 : [Not Detected] SATA 5 : [Not Detected] SATA 6 : [TSSTcorp CDDVDW TS] IDE Conî¿guration AHCI Conî¿guration System Information ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-9 5.3.3 SA T A1â6 The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, V endor , Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and S.M.A.R.T . monitoring). These values are not user-conîgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-Sector T ransfer) M [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] Allows you to select the data transfer mode. Conîguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main SATA 1 Device :Hard Disk Vendor :ST3160812AS Size :160.0GB LBA Mode :Supported Block Mode:16Sectors PIO Mode :4 Async DMA :MultiWord DMA-2 Ultra DMA :Ultra DMA-6 S.M.A.R.T.:Supported LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Block(Multi-Sector Transfer)M [Auto] PIO Mode [Auto] DMA Mode [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Auto] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Select the type of device connected to the system. The P A T A device is for ODD (optical disk drive) only .
5-10 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.3.4î IDEîConîguration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the conîgurations for the IDE devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you wish to conîgure the item. SA T A îConîgurationî[Enhanced] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced] Configure SA T A as [IDE] Sets the conîguration for the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. Conîguration options: [IDE] [RAID] [AHCI] ⢠If you want to use the Serial A T A hard disk drives as Parallel A T A physical storage devices, keep the default setting [IDE]. ⢠If you want the Serial A T A hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Controller Interface (AHCI), set this item to [AHCI]. The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial A T A features that increases storage performance on random workloads by allowing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. ⢠If you want to create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 10, or the Intel ® Matrix Storage T echnology conîguration from the Serial A T A hard disk drives, set this item to [RAID]. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main IDE Conî¿guration SATA Conî¿guration [Enhanced] Conî¿gure SATA as [IDE] Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] Options Disabled Compatible Enhanced DMA Mode [Auto] Sets the DMA mode. Conîguration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWDMA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting T echnology . Conîguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data T ransfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-1 1 Hard Disk Write Protect [Disabled] Disables or enables device write protection. This will be ef fective only if the device is accessed through BIOS. Conîguration option: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Detect Time Out (Sec) [35] Selects the time out value for detecting A T A/A T API devices. Conîguration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35] SA T A Port0 [Auto] Allows you to select the type of device connected to the system. Conîguration options: [Auto] [Not Installed] SMART Monitoring [Enabled] Allows you to set the Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting T echnology . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AHCI CD/DVD Boot Time out [35] Selects the boot time out value for SA T A CD/DVD devices in AHCI mode. Congifuration options: [0] [5] [10] [15] [20] [25] [30] [35] SA T A Port1â6 [XXXX] Displays the status of auto-detection of SA T A devices. 5.3.5î AHCIîConîguration This menu is the section for AHCI conîguration. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AHCI Settings AHCI CD/DVD Boot Time out [35] SATA Port1 [Not Detected] SATA Port2 [Not Detected] SATA Port3 [Not Detected] SATA Port4 [Not Detected] SATA Port5 [Not Detected] SATA Port6 [Not Detected] Some SATA CD/DVD in AHCI mode need to wait ready longer. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main SATA Port1 Device :Not Detected SATA Port0 [Auto] SMART Monitoring [Enabled] Select the type of device connected to the system.
5-12 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.3.6 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMIBIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Displays the auto-detected CPU speciîcation. System Memory Displays the auto-detected system memory . System Memory Information Displays system memory information. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AMIBIOS Version : 0703 Build Date: 01/28/10 Processor Type : Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU L5506 @ 2.13GHz Speed : 1600MHz System Memory Usable Size : 1016MB Onboard LAN1 Address : 90.E6.BA.1E.4B.86 Onboard LAN2 Address : 90.E6.BA.1E.4B.87 System Memory Information BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main AMIBIOS CPU1 Memory Conî¿guration CPU2 Memory Conî¿guration CPU1/2 Memory Configuration Allows you to check information of installed memory (9 DIMMs per CPU).
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-13 5.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îeld values can cause the system to malfunction. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Conî¿gure CPU. CPU Conî¿guration Chipset Conî¿guration Legacy Device Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration PCIPnP Conî¿guration APM Conî¿guration Event Log Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor I/O Virtualization PCI Express Conî¿guration ACPI Conî¿guration ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit 5.4.1î CPUîConîguration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Some items may not appear if your CPU does not support the related functions. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Conî¿gure advanced CPU settings Module Version:3F.11 Manufacturer:Intel Brand String:Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU L5506 Frequency :1.60GHz BCLK Speed :133MHz Cache L1 :256 KB Cache L2 :1024 KB Cache L3 :4096 KB Ratio Status:Unlocked (Min:12, Max:16) Ratio Actual Value :12 Ratio CMOS Setting: [Auto] C1E Support [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] MPS and ACPI MADT ordering [Modern ordering] Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Intel(R) Virtualization Tech [Enabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Sets the ratio between CPU Core Clock and the FSB Frequency. Note:If an invalid ratio is set in CMOS then actual and setpoint values may differ. Scroll down for more items. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. CPU TM Function [Enabled] Execute-Disable Bit Capability [Enabled] Intel(R) HT Technology [Enabled] Active Processor Cores [All] A20M [Disabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep(TM) Tech [Enabled] Intel(R) C-STATE Tech [Enabled] C3 State [ACPI C3] C6 State [Enabled] C State package limit setting [Auto] C1 Auto Demotion [Enabled] C3 Auto Demotion [Enabled] ACPI T State [Enabled]
5-14 Chapter 5: BIOS setup Ratio CMOS Setting [Auto] Allows you to adjust the rati o between CPU Core Clock and BCLK Frequency . Use the < > and <-> keys to adjust the value. Conî gurat ion opti ons: [Au to] [12. 0] [ 13.0 ] [14 .0] [15. 0] [16.0 ] [17.0] [18 .0] [19.0 ] [20.0] C1E Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable Enhanced Halt State support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hardware Prefetcher [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Hardware Prefetcher function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AdjacentîCacheîLineîPrefetchî[Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] MPS and ACPI MADT ordering [Modern ordering] Allows you to set MPS and ACPI MADT ordering. Choose [Modern ordering] for Windows XP or later OSes. Choose [Legacy ordering] for Windows 2000 or earlier OSes. Conîguration options: [Modern ordering] [Legacy ordering] Max CPUID V alue Limit [Disabled] [Enabled] Allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. [Disabled] Disables this function. Intel(R) Virtualization T ech [Enabled] The Intel ® Virtualization T echnology allows a hardware platform to run multiple operating systems separately and simultaneously , enabling one system to virtually function as several systems. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU TM Function [Enabled] This function enables the overheated CPU to throttle the clock speed to cool down. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute-Disable Bit Capability [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the No-Execution Page Protection T echnology . Setting th is item to [Disable d] forces the XD feature îag to always return to zero (0) . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-15 Intel(R) HT T echnology [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Intel Hyper-Threading T echnology function. When disabled, only one thread per activated core is enabled. Conîguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Active Processor Cores [All] Allows you to choose the number of CPU cores to activate in each processor package. Conîguration options: [All] [1] [2] A20M [Disabled] Legacy OSes and APs may need A20M enabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel(R) SpeedStep (TM) T ech [Enabled] When set to [Disabled], the CPU runs at its default speed. When set to [Enabled], the CPU speed is controlled by the operating system. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel(R) C-ST A TE T ech [Enabled] The Intel ® C-State T echnology allows the CPU to save more power under idle mode. Enable this item only when you install a C-State T echnology-supported CPU. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when you set the Intel(R) C-ST A TE T ech item to [Enabled]. C3 State [ACPI C2] Allows you to select the CPU action under C3 state. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [ACPI C2] [ACPI C3] C6 State [Enabled] Allows you to select the CPU action under C6 state. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C State package limit setting [Auto] This item appears only when you set the Intel(R) C-ST A TE T ech item to [Enabled]. We recommend that you set this item to [Auto] for BIOS to automatically detect the C-State mode supported by your CPU. Conîguration options: [Auto] [C1] [C3] [C6]
5-16 Chapter 5: BIOS setup C1 Auto Demotion [Enabled] When enabled, CPU will conditionally demote C3/C6 requests to C1 based on on- core auto-demote information. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C3 Auto Demotion [Enabled] When enabled, CPU will conditionally demote C6 requests to C3 based on on-core auto-demote information. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI T State [Enabled] Allows the system to report processor throttling in ACPI. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-17 5.4.2î ChipsetîConîguration The Chipset conîguration menu allows you to change advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. CPU Bridge Conî¿guration North Bridge Conî¿guration South Bridge Conî¿guration Intel VT-d Conî¿guration ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Conî¿gure CPU bridge features. CPUîBridgeîChipsetîConîguration Scroll down for more items. CSI Links Speed [Full-Speed] Allows you to set the speed of CSI Links. Conîguration options: [Slow-Mode] [Full-Speed] CSI Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the CSI frequency . Conîguration options: [Auto] [4.800GT] [5.866GT] [6.400GT] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. Adaptive Page [Disabled] Data Scramble [Enabled] Split Below 4GB [Disabled] Channel Interleaving [6:1] Rank Interleaving [4:1] Memory Thermal Throttling [Disabled] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced CPU Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration CPU Revision :C1 Current CSI Frequency :4.800GT Current Memory Frequency :800 Mhz CSI Links Speed [Full-Speed] CSI Frequency [Auto] CSI Isochronous [Disabled] CIS L1 [Disabled] CIS Power Optimization Policy [Static] Memory Frequency [Auto] Memory Mode [Independent] Memory ECC Function [Enabled] Double Rate Refresh [Auto] Demand Scrubbing [Disabled] Patrol Scrubbing [Disabled] NUMA Aware [Auto] Page Policy [Closed] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit To transition the CSI links to full-speed or leave them in slow-mode.
5-18 Chapter 5: BIOS setup CSI Isochronous [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CSI L1 [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CSI Power Optimizatin Policy [Static] Conîguration options: [Adaptive] [Static] [Bypass] Memory Frequency [Auto] Y ou may allow the system to detect DDR3 m emory frequency v ia SPD or designa te a speciîc frequency . Conîguration options: [Auto] [Force DDR-800] [Force DDR-1066] [Force DDR-1333] Memory Mode [Independent] Allows you to set Memory channel mode. Conîguration options: [Independent] [Channel Mirroring] [Lockstep] [Sparing] Memory ECC Function [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the memory ECC function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Double Rate Refresh [Auto] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Demand Scrubbing [Enabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Patrol Scrubbing [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] NUMA A Ware [Auto] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Page Policy [Open] Conîguration options: [Closed] [Open] Adaptive Page [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-19 SouthîBridgeîChipsetîConîguration NorthîBridgeîChipsetîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced NorthBridge Chipset Conî¿guration NB Revision :B3 Current CSI Frequency :4.800GT Crystal Beach / DMA [Disabled] Crystal Beach / DMA conî¿guration Crystal Beach / DMA [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Crystal Beach / DMA function. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Data Scramble [Enabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Below 4GB [Disabled] Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Channel Interleaving [6:1] Conîguration options: [1:1] [2:1] [4:1] [6:1] Rank Interleaving [4:1] Conîguration options: [1:1] [2:1] [4:1] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced CPU Bridge Chipset Conî¿guration USB Functions [Enabled] USB Port Conî¿gure [8 4 USB Ports] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] HDA Controller [Enabled] Reserved Page Route [PCI] SLP_S4# Min. Assertion Width [1 to 2 seconds] Options Disabled Enabled USB Functions [Enabled] Allows you to conîgure the amount of USB ports to be enabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USBîPortîConîgureî[8 4îUSBîPorts] This item disappears wçhen you set the USB Functions item to [Disabled]. Conîguration options: [6 6 USB Ports] [8 4 USB Ports]
5-20 Chapter 5: BIOS setup USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . This item become unconîgurable if you set the USB Functions item to [10 USB Ports] or [12 USB Ports]. Conîguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] HDA Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the High Deînition Audio controller . Conîguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Reserved Page Route [PCI] Conîguration options: [PCI] [LPC] SLP_S4# Min. Assertion Width [1 to 2 seconds] Conîguration options: [4 to 5 seconds] [3 to 4 seconds] [2 to 3 seconds] [1 to 2 seconds] 5.4.3î LegacyîDeviceîConîguration Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Serial Port2 Address [2F8/IRQ3] Allows you to select the Serial Port2 base address. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Legacy Device Conî¿guration Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Serial Port2 Address [2F8/IRQ3] Allows BIOS to Enable or Disable Floppy Controller. IntelîVT -dîConîguration Intel VT -d [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Intel Virtualization T echnology for Directed I/O. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Intel VT-d [Disabled] Options Disabled Enabled
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-21 The following item appears only when you set USB Function to [Enabled]. Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB devices. Setting to [Auto] allows the system to detect the presenc e of USB devices at startup. If de tected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. If no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] The following item appears only when you set USB Function to [Enabled]. USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to set the USB 2.0 controller to HiSpeed (480Mbps) or FullSpeed (12Mbps). Conîguration options: [FullSpeed] [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Enables or disables the BIOS EHCI hand-off support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hotplug USB FDD Support [Auto] Allows you to conîgure the Hotplug USB FDD support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] 5.4.4î USBîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Conî¿guration Module Version - 2.24.3-13.4 USB Devices Enabled : None Legacy USB Support [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller Mode [HiSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Hotplug USB FDD Support [Auto] USB Mass Storage Device Conî¿guration Enables support for legacy USB. AUTO option disables legacy support if no USB devices are connected. USBîMassîStorageîDeviceîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced USB Mass Storage Device Conî¿guration USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Device #1 JetFlash TS256MJF2A Emulation Type [Auto] Device #2 USB Hotplug FDD Emulation Type [Auto] Allows BIOS to Enable or Disable Floppy Controller.
5-22 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.4.5 PCIPnP The PCIPnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the PCI/PnP Conîguration menu items. Incorrect îeld values can cause the system to malfunction. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING: Setting wrong values in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] PCI Option ROM Scan Order [Bus 0 First] Onboard Option ROM Priority [High] Onboard LAN1 Boot [PXE] Onboard LAN2 Boot [PXE] NO: lets the BIOS conî¿gure all the devices in the system. YES: lets the operating system conî¿gure Plug and Play (PnP) devices not required for boot if your system has a Plug and Play operating system. Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS conîgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. Conîguration options: [No] [Y es] PCI Option ROM Scan Order [Bus 0 First] Allows you to conîgure the scanning order of PCI option ROM. Conîguration: [Bus 0 First] [Bus N First] Onboard Option ROM Priority [High] Allows you to conîgure the priority of onboard option ROM. Conîguration: [Normal] [High] USB Mass Storage Reset Delay [20 Sec] Allows you to set the numbers of seconds POST waits for the USB mass storage device after start unit command. Conîguration options: [10 Sec] [20 Sec] [30 Sec] [40 Sec] Device #1/2 Shows automatically detected USB devices. Emulation T ype [Auto] Conîguration options: [Auto] [Floppy] [Forced FDD] [Hard Disk] [CDROM]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-23 Onboard LAN1/2 Boot [PXE] Allows you to conîgure the onboard LAN1/2 boot mode. Conîguration: [Disabled] [PXE] [iSCSI] 5.4.6î PowerîOnîConîguration APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] Resume On Ring [Disabled] Resume On PME#(Wake On LAN) [Disabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Options Power Off Power On Last State Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] When set to [Power Off], the system goes into of f state after an AC power loss. When set to [Power On], the system will reboot after an AC power loss. When set to [Last State], the system goes into either off or on state, whatever the system state was before the AC power loss. Conîguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Resume On Ring [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system will generate a wake event when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On PME#(W ake On LAN) [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the LAN devices to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake-up event. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when the Resume On RTC Alarm item is set to [Enabled]. RTC Alarm Date [15] T o set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. System T ime [12:30:30] Use the <ENTER>, <T AB> or <SHIFT -T AB> key to sele ct a îeld. Use the < > or <-> key to conîgure alarm time.
5-24 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.4.7î EventîLogîConîguration View Event Log Press the <ENTER> key to view unread system event log. Clear Event Log Press the <ENTER> key to clear all system events. Select [Ok] to conîrm the change. 5.4.8 Hardware Monitor Scroll down for more items. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Event Logging details View Event Log Clear Event Log View all unread events on the Event Log. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. P1VTT Voltage [ 1.022 V] P2VTT Voltage [ 1.022 V] 1.1V_IOH Voltage [ 0.204 V] 12V Voltage [12.000 V] 5V Voltage [ 5.196 V] 3.3V Voltage [ 3.246 V] 5VSB Voltage [ 5.132 V] 3VSB Voltage [ 3.198 V] VBAT Voltage [ 3.126 V] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Hardware Monitor CPU1 Temperature [ 27.5ºC/ 81.5ºF] CPU2 Temperature [ 0 ºC/ 32 ºF] TR1 Temperature [ N/A ] TR2 Temperature [ N/A ] CPU Fan1 Speed [ 4200RPM] CPU Fan2 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan1 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan2 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan3 Speed [ N/A ] Front Fan4 Speed [ N/A ] Rear Fan1 Speed [ N/A ] Rear Fan2 Speed [ N/A ] Fan Speed Control [Generic Mode] VCORE1 Voltage [ 1.052 V] VCORE2 Voltage [ N/A ] 1.5V_P1DDR3 Voltage [ 1.508 V] 1.5V_P2DDR3 Voltage [ N/A ] 1.5V_ICH Voltage [ 1.520 V] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit CPU1 Temperature
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-25 CPU1/2 T emperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] TR1/2 T emperature [xxxºC/xxxºF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and dis plays the motherboard component and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan1/2; Front Fan1â4 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] Rear Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [Ignored] / [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the speed of CPU fans, front fans, and rear fans in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îeld shows [N/A]. Fan Speed Control [Generic Mode] Allows you to conîgure the ASUS Smart Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efîcient system operation. Conîguration options: [Full Speed Mode] [Whisper Mode] [Generic Mode] [High Density Mode] VCORE1/2îV oltage,î 1.5V_P1/2DDR3îV oltage,î 1.5V_ICHîV oltage,î P1/2VTT V oltage, 1.1V_IOHîV oltage,î 12VîV oltage,î 5VîV oltage,î 3.3VîV oltage,î 5VSBîV oltage,î 3VSBîV oltage,îVBA TîV oltage The onboa rd har dware monit or automa ticall y det ect s t he vol tage o utput th rou gh the onb oard v oltage regul ators . S elect [Ignor ed] i f y ou do not want to de tec t t his it em. 5.4.9î ConîgureîI/OîVirtualizationîParameters SR-IOV Supported [Disabled] Enabl es or disa bles the SR-IO V support. Conîgura tion options: [ Disabled] [Ena bled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Conî¿gure I/O Virtualization Parameters SR-IOV Supported [Disabled] Options Disabled Enabled
5-26 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.4.10î PCIîExpressîConîguration Active State Power-Management [Disabled] Enables or disables the PCI Express L0s and L1 link power states. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced PCI Express Conî¿guration Active State Power-Management [Disabled] Enable/Disable PCI Express L0s and L1 link power states. 5.4.1 1î ACPIîConîguration Advancedî ACPIîConîguration ACPI 2.0 Support [Enabled] Speciîes the Advanced Conîguration and Power Interface (ACPI) version supported. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced Conîguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS-->AML ACPI table [Enabled] Allows you to include the BIOS-->AML exchange table pointer to (X)RSDT pointer list. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Headless mode [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Headless operation mode through ACPI. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced ACPI Conî¿guration ACPI 2.0 Support [Enabled] ACPI APIC support [Enabled] BIOS-->AML ACPI table [Enabled] Headless mode [Disabled] Add additional tables as per ACPI 2.0 speciî¿cations. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced ACPI Settings Advanced ACPI Conî¿guration Chipset ACPI Conî¿guration General WHEA Conî¿guration Advanced ACPI Conî¿guration settings. Use this section to conî¿gure additional ACPI options.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-27 Chipsetî ACPIîConîguration BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced South Bridge ACPI Conî¿guration APIC ACPI SCI IRQ [Disabled] USB Device Wakeup From S3/S4 [Disabled] High Performance Event Timer [Enabled] HPET Memory Address [FED00000h] Enabled/Disable APIC ACPI SCI IRQ. APIC ACPI SCI IRQ [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the APIC ACPI SCI IRQ feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Device W akeup From S3/S4 [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB device wakeup from S3/S4 feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] High Performance Event Timer [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the High Performance Event T imer feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] HPET Memory Address [FED00000h] Conîguration options: [FED00000h] [FED01000h] [FED02000h] [FED03000h] GeneralîWHEA îConîguration WHEA Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Windows Hardware Error Architecture (WHEA) support. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced General WHEA Conî¿guration WHEA Support [Enabled] Enable or disable Windows Hardware Error Architecture.
5-28 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.5 Server menu The Server menu items allow you to customize the server features. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Remote Access Conî¿guration ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Conî¿gure Remote Access. Remoteî AccessîConîguration The items in this menu allows you to conîgure the Remote Access features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîguration options. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Server Conî¿gure Remote Access type and parameters Remote Access [Enabled] Serial port number [COM2] Base Address, IRQ [2F8h, 3] Serial Port Mode [57600 8,n,1] Flow Control [Hardware] Redirection After BIOS POST [Disabled] Terminal Type [VT-UTF8] Select Remote Access type. Remote Access [Enabled] Enables or disables the remote access feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when Remote Access is set to [Enabled]. Serial port number [COM2] Selects the serial port for console redirection. Conîguration options: [COM1] [COM2] Base Address. IRQ [2F8h, 3] This item is not user-conîgurable and changes with the conîguration of Serial port number .
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-29 Serial port Mode [57600 8,n,1] Sets the Serial port mode. Conîgu ration optio ns: [1 15200 8,n,1 ] [576 00 8,n,1] [ 38400 8,n,1] [19200 8,n ,1] [09600 8,n,1] Flow Control [Hardware] Allows you to select the îow control for console redirection. Conîguration options: [None] [Hardware] [Software] Redirection After BIOS POST [Disabled] Sets the redirection mode after the BIOS Power-On Self-T est (POST). Some operating system may not work when set to [Always]. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Boot Loader] [Always] T erminal T ype [VT -UTF8] Allows you to select the target terminal type. Conîguration options: [ANSI] [VT100] [VT -UTF8] VT -UTF8 Combo Key Support [Enabled] This item appears only when you set the T erminal T ype item to [ANSI] or [VT100] and allows you to enable or disable the VT -UTF8 combo key support for ANSI or VT100 terminals. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
5-30 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. 5.6.1 Boot Device Priority 1st ~ xxth Boot Device [XXXXXXX] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. Conîguration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Boot Settings Boot Device Priority Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Speciî¿es the Boot Device Priority sequence. A virtual îoppy disk drive (Floppy Drive B: ) may appear when you set the CD-ROM drive as the î¿rst boot device. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable Dev.] 2nd Boot Device [ATAPI CD-ROM] 3rd Boot Device [Hard Drive] 4th Boot Device [Network:IBA GE Slo] 5th Boot Device [Network:IBA GE Slo] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Speciî¿es the Boot Device Priority sequence. A device enclosed in parenthesis has been disabled in the corresponding type menu.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-31 5.6.2î BootîSettingsîConîguration Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature. AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Allows you to set the display mode for Options ROM. Conîguration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. Conîguration options: [Off] [On] W ait For âF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system waits for the <F1> key to be pressed when error occurs. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the system displays the message âPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST . Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. Conîguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Settings Conî¿guration Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Wait For âF1â If Error [Enabled] Hit âDELâ Message Display [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Allows BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system.
5-32 Chapter 5: BIOS setup 5.6.3 Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîguration options. Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed . After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a Supervisor Password: 1. Select the Change Supervisor Password item and press <Enter>. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Conîrm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. T o change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. T o clear the supervisor password, select the Change Supervisor Password then press <Enter>. The message âPassword Uninstalledâ appears. If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. See section 4.2 Jumpers for information on how to erase the RTC RAM. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Change F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disable password.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 5-33 After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. Conîguration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility . View Only allows access but does not allow change to any îeld. Limited allows changes only to selected îelds, such as Date and T ime. Full Access allows viewing and changing all the îelds in the Setup utility . Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. T o set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. Conîrm the password when prompted. The message âPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully . T o change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility . When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. Conîguration options: [Setup] [Always] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Power Boot Tools Exit Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password User Access Level [Full Access] Change User Password Password Check [Setup] <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disable password.
5-34 Chapter 5: BIOS setup Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Save Changes Once you are înished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîrmation before exiting. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. Load Setup Defaults This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. 5.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. v02.61 (C)Copyright 1985-2009, American Megatrends, Inc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Server Boot Exit Exit Options Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults ââ Select Screen ââ Select Item Enter Go to Sub Screen F1 General Help F10 Save and Exit ESC Exit Exit system setup after saving the changes. F10 key can be used for this operation.
3- ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating and conîguring RAID sets using the available utilities. Chapter 6 RAIDîconî¿guration
6-2 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.1 Setting up RAID The motherboard comes with the Intel ® ICH10R southbridge controller that supports the following SA T A RAID solutions: ⢠LSIîMegaRAIDîsoftwareîRAIDîConîgurationîUtility (default) with RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 10 support (for both Linux and Windows OS). ⢠Intel Matrix Storage Manager with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10, and RAID 5 support (for Windows OS only). 6.1.1î RAIDîdeînitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RA ID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 10 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 10 conîguration you get all the beneîts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher` storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. 6.1.2 Installing hard disk drives The motherboard supports SA T A hard disk drives for RAID set conîguration. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . See section 2.4 Hard disk drives for SA T A hard disk drive installation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-3 6.1.3 RAID controller selection Y ou can choose either the LSI Software RAID Conîguration Utility or the Intel Matrix Storage Manager as the default utility to create RAID set(s). See 8. RAID conîgurationîutilityîselection on page 4-8 for details. 6.1.4 Setting the RAID item in BIOS Y ou must enable the RAID function in the BIOS Setup before creating RAID set(s) using SA T A HDDs. T o do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST . 2. Go to the Main menu > IDEîConîguration , and then press <Enter>. 3. Set the ConîgureîSA T Aîas item to [RAID]. 4. Save your changes, and then exit the BIOS Setup. Refer to Chapter 5 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup.
6-4 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 3. The utility main window appears. Use the arrow keys to select an option from the Management Menu and then press <Enter>. Refer to the Management Menu descriptions on the next page. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options or execute commands. The keys on the legend box vary according to the menu level. 6.2î î LSIîSoftwareîRAIDîConî¿gurationî Utility Th e LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility all ows y ou to cr eat e RA ID 0 , RA ID 1, or R AID 1 0 set (s) f ro m S ATA ha rd d isk dr iv es co nne cte d to th e S ATA co nne cto rs su pp ort ed by t he mot her bo ar d so uth br id ge chi p. T o enter the LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility 1. T urn on the system after installing all the SA T A hard disk drives. 2. During POST , the LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility automatically detects the installed SA T A hard disk drives and displays any existing RAID set(s). Press <Ctrl> <M> to enter the utility . ⢠The LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility automatically conîgures to RAID 1 when the SA T A to RAID Mode is enabled. ⢠The RAID setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen due to the controller version difference. ⢠When you create RAID sets with the LSI MegaRAID software RAID conîguration utility , the boot priority of the SA T A optical drive has to be manually adjusted. Otherwise, the system will not boot from the connected SA T A ODD. LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Conî¿gure VD(s) LSI MegaRAID Software RAID BIOS Version A.08 09161344R LSI SATA RAID Found at PCI Bus No: Dev No:1F Device present at Port 0 ST3160812AS 152114MB Device present at Port 1 ST3160812AS 152114MB Device present at Port 2 ST3160812AS 152114MB Device present at Port 3 ST3160812AS 152114MB Press Ctrl-M or Enter to run LSI Software RAID Setup Utility.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-5 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set The LSI Software RAID Con îguration Utility allows yo u to create a RAID 0, R AID 1, or RAID 10 set using two types of conîgurations: Easy and New . In EasyîConîguration , the virtual drive parameters are set automatically . In NewîConîguration , you manually set the virtual drive parameters. UsingîEasyîConîguration T o create a RAID set using the EasyîConîguration option 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgureî>îEa syî Con îgu ra ti on , and th en pre ss <E nt er> . Menu Description Conîgure Allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1 or RAID 10 set using the Easy Conîguration or the New Conîguration command. This menu also allows you to view , add, or clear RAID conîgurations or select the boot drive Initialize Allows you to initialize the virtual drives of a created RAID set Objects Allows you to initialize virtual drives or change the virtual drive parameters Rebuild Allows you to rebuild failed drives Check Consistency Allows you to check the data consistency of the virtual drives of a created RAID set Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Deî¿nes Physical Arrays. An Array Will Automatically Become A VD Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-6 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 3. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, and then press <F10> to conîgure array setting. 4. Press <Space> to select the conîgurable array . 2. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Use the up/down arrow key to select the drives you want to include in the RAID set, and then press <Space>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y] , where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . ⢠The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen. ⢠Yo u n eed at lea st two id ent ic al hard di sk dri ves w hen cre ati ng a R AID 1 s et. ⢠Y ou need at least four identical hard disk drives when creating a RAID 10 set. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Select Conî¿gurable Array(s) A-0 SPAN-1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency Port # 1 DISK 77247 MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 ONLIN A00-01 READY READY 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-Sel,ENTER-EndArray,F10-Conî¿gure,F2-Drive Info,F3-Virtual Drives,F4-HSP 2 3
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-7 5. Press <F10> again, the virtual drive information appears including a Virtual Drive menu that allows you to change the virtual drive parameters. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virgual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Choose RAID Level For This VD Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit 6. Select RAID from the Virtual Drive sub-menu, and then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, and then press <Enter>. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Choose RAID Level For This VD RAID Level RAID 0 RAID 1 Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit
6-8 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 8. When creating a RAID 1 or a RAID 10 set, select DWC from the Virtual Drive menu, and then press <Enter>. When creating a RAID 0 set, proceed to step 10. 9. Select On to enable the Disk Write Cache setting, and then press <Enter>. Enabling DWC can improve the performance, but with the risk of data loss. 10. When înished setting the selected virtual drive conîguration, select Accept from the menu, and then press <Enter>. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Disk Write Cache Setting Of VD Change DWC Off On Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Accept This VD Conî¿guration And Go To Next VD Cursor Keys, SPACE-(De)Select F2-ChIdInfo F3-SlotInfo F10-Conî¿gure Esc-Quit
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-9 1 1. Follow step 2 to 10 to conîgure additional virtual drives. 12. Press <Esc> to înish RAID conîguration. When prompted to save conîguration, select Y es from the menu, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency Select Yes Or No Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Save Conî¿guration? Yes No LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option UsingîNewîConîguration When a RAID set already exists, using the NewîConîguration command erases the existing RAID conîguration data. If you do not want to delete the existing RAID set, use the View/AddîConîguration command to view or create another RAID conîguration. T o create a RAID set using the NewîConîguration option 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgureî>îNewîConîguration, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Clear Existing Conî¿guration And Start A New Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-10 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 2. Follow step 2 to 7 of the previous section: UsingîEasyîConîguration . 3. Select Size from the Virtual Drive menu, and then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in the desired virtual drive size, and then press <Enter>. 5. Follow step 8 to 12 of the previous section: UsingîEasyîConîguration to create the RAID set. Managem ent Menu Conî¿gure Initializ e Objects Rebuild Check Con sistency PORT # LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R DNLIN A00-00 DNLIN A00-01 0 1 Easy Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 77247MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drive 0 RAID = 1 Size = 77247MB DWC = Off RA = On Accept SPAN = NO Enter VD Size (MB): Enter VD Size (MB): 77247 Use Cursor Keys to Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-1 1 6.2.2î AddingîorîviewingîaîRAIDîconîguration Y ou can add a new RAID conîguration or view an existing conîguration using the View/AddîConîguration command. AddingîaînewîRAIDîconîguration T o add a new RAID conîguration: 1. Fro m the Man agemen t Menu , select Con îgureî>îV iew/AddîConîguration , and then press <Enter>. 2. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <Space>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y] , where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen. 3. Follow step 3 to 12 of section 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set: Using Easy Conîguration to add a new RAID set. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency View/Add to The Existing Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency Port # 2 DISK 77247MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A View/Add Conî¿guration - ARRAY SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 ONLIN A00-01 READY READY 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-Sel,ENTER-EndArray,F10-Conî¿gure,F2-Drive Info,F3-Virtual Drives,F4-HSP 2 3
6-12 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.3 Initializing the virtual drives After creating the RAID set(s), you must initialize the virtual drives. Y ou may initialize the virtual drive s of a RAID set(s) using the Initialize or Objects command on the Management Menu . Using the Initialize command T o initialize the virtual drive using the Initialize command 1. From the Management Menu , select Initialize , and then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the virtual drive to initialize. Use the arrow keys to select the virtual drive from the Virtual Drive selection, and then press <Space>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Initialize Virtual Drive(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select VD Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 1 151634MB 2 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Initialize
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-13 3. Press <F10> to start initialization. When prompted, select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. Initializing a virtual drive erases all data on the drive. 4. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 Initialize? Yes No Init Will Destroy Data On Selected VD(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Initialize Management Menu Conî¿gure Initiali ze Objects Rebuild Check Co nsistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtua l Drives Virtual Drive 0 Init Of VD Is In Process VD 0 Initialization Complete. Press Esc.. ¦ 100% Completed LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Initialize
6-14 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration UsingîtheîObjectsîcommand T o initialize the virtual drives using the Objects command 1. From the Management Menu , select Objectsî>îVirtualîDrive , and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Change VD Parameters Objects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 2. Select the virtual drive to initialize from the Virtual Drives sub-menu, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select VD Obj ects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive Vitual Drive(1) Virtual Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Press ENTER To Select A VD, <Del> To Delete A VD
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-15 3. Select Initialize from the pop-up menu, and then press <Enter> to start initialization. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Initilize VD Obj ects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive Vitual Drive(1) Virtual Drive 0 Initialze Check Consistency View/Update Parameters Vitual Drive(0) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 4. When prompted, press the <Space> to select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Initilize Will Destroy Data On Selected VD(s) Obj ects Adapter Virtual Drive Physical Drive Vitual Drive(1) Virtual Drive 0 Initialze Check Consistency View/Updat e Parameters Vitual Drive(0) Initialize? Yes No LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 5. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>.
6-16 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.4 Rebuilding failed drives Y ou can manually rebuild failed hard disk drives using the Rebuild command in the Management Menu . T o rebuild a failed hard disk drive 1. From the Management Menu , select Rebuild , and then press <Enter>. 2. The PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive you want to rebuild, and then press <Space>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Rebuild PD(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consist ency Port # 1 DISK 77247MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A REBUILD - PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 FAIL A00-01 0 1 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select,F10-Start Rebuild,F2-Drive Information,F3-View Virtual Drives
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-17 3. After selecting the drive to rebuild, press <F10>. When prompted, press <Y> to rebuild the drive. 4. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Port # 1 DISK 77247MB HDS728080PLA380 PF20A60A REBUILD - PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU PORT # ONLIN A00-00 RBLD A00-01 0 1 Rebuilding Of Drive Will Take A Few Minutes. Start Rebuilding Drive (Y/N)? LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select,F10-Start Rebuild,F2-Drive Information,F3-View Virtual Drives 6.2.5 Checking the drives for data consistency Y ou can ch eck an d veri fy the accu racy o f data redun dancy in th e sele cted v irtua l dri ve. The ut ility can au tomat ically detec t and/ or de tect a nd cor rect a ny di ffer ences in dat a redu ndancy depen ding on the se lected opti on in the Obj ectsî> îA dapter me nu. The Check Consistency command is available only for virtual drives included in a RAID 1 or RAID 10 set. Using the Check Consistency Command T o check data consistency using the Check Consistency command 1. From the Management Menu , select Check Consistency , and then press <Enter>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency CC Of VD(s) LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-18 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the virtual drive to check. Press <Space> to select the virtual drive from the Virtual Drive sub-menu, and then press <F10>. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select VD Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Check Consistency 3. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select Y es from the Consistency Check? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. A progress bar appears on screen. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtual Drives Virtual Drive 0 Consistency Check? Yes No Select VD LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Check Consistency Management Menu Conî¿gure Initiali ze Objects Rebuild Check Co nsistency Virtual Drive(s) Conî¿gured LD RAID Size #Stripes StripSz Status 0 10 154494MB 4 64 KB ONLINE Virtua l Drives Virtual Drive 0 CC Under Process VD 0 Consistency Check. Press Esc to Abort. ¦ 85 % Completed The Data On The Drives Is Inconsistency. Repair Done! LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R SPACE-(De)Select, F10-Check Consistency
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-19 4. While checking the disk consistency , press <Esc> to display the following options. ⢠Stop - Stops the consistency check. The utility stores the percentage of disk checked, and when you restart checking, it continues from the last percentage completed rather than from zero percent. ⢠Continue - Continues the consistency check. ⢠Abort - Aborts the consistency check. When you restart checking, it continues from zero percent. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue. UsingîtheîObjectsîcommand T o check data consistency using the Objects command 1. From the Management Menu , select Objects , and then select Virtual Drive from the sub-menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the virtual drive you want to check, and then press <Enter>. 3. Select Check Consistency from the pop-up menu, and then press <Enter>. 4. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select Y es from the dialog box to check the drive. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
6-20 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.6î DeletingîaîRAIDîconîguration T o delete a RAID conîguration 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgure > ClearîConîguration , and then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select Y es from the Clear Conîguration? dialog box, and then press <Enter>. The utility clears all the current array(s). 3. Press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Clear Existing Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Clear Existing Conî¿guration Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/A dd Co nî¿gura tion Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive Clear Conî¿guration? Yes No LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-21 6.2.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set Y ou must have created a new RAID conîguration before you can select the boot drive from a RAID set. See section 6.2.1 Creating a RAID set: Using New Conîguration for details. T o select the boot drive from a RAID set 1. From the Management Menu , select Conîgure > Select Boot Drive , and then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, use the arrow keys to select the bootable virtual drive from the list, then press <Enter>. 3. The virtual drive is selected as boot drive. Press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select A Boot VD Conî¿guration Menu Easy Conî¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Select A Boot VD Conî¿gu ration Menu Easy Con î¿guration New Conî¿guration View/Add Conî¿guration Clear Conî¿guration Select Boot Drive Bootable VDs(1):Current Boot VD(0) Boot Drive 0 LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
6-22 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.2.8 Enabling WriteCache Y ou may manually enable the RAID controllerâs WriteCache option after creating a RAID set to improve the data transmission performance. Wh en you ena ble Wr ite Ca che , yo u m ay los e da ta whe n a po we r i nter rup tio n o ccur s wh ile tra nsm itt ing or e xch angi ng dat a a mong th e d riv es. The WriteCache function is recommended for RAID 1 and RAID 10 sets. T o enable WriteCache 1. From the Management Menu , select Objects > Adapter , and then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 2. Select Disk WC , and then press <Enter> to turn on the option. 5. When înished, press any key to continue. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Disk Write Cache - Off(Write Through) or On(Write Back) Objec ts Adapter Virtual Driv e Physical Dri ve Adapter 0 Rebuild Rate = 30 Chk Const Rate = 30 FGI Rate = 30 BGI Rate = 30 Disk WC = Off Read Ahead = On Bios State = Enable Stop On Error = No Fast Init = Enable Auto Rebuild = On Auto Resume = Enable Disk Coercion = 1GB Factory Default LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option 3. From the Management Menu , select Objects > Virtual Drive , and then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 4. Select Disk WC , and then press <Enter> to turn on the option. Management Menu Conî¿gure Initialize Objects Rebuild Check Consistency Disk Write Cache - Off(Write Through) or On(Write Back) Ob jects Adapter Virtual D rive Physical Drive Virtual Drive RAID = 0 Size = 1428604MB Stripe Size = 64KB #Stripes = 2 State = OPTIMAL Spans = 1 Disk WC = On Read Ahead = On LSI Software RAID Conî¿guration Utility Ver A.60 Jul 30, 2008 BIOS Version A.08.09161344R Use Cursor Keys To Navigate Between Items And Press Enter To Select An Option
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-23 6.3 Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10 (RAID 0 1), and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial A T A hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Southbridge. T o enter the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial A T A hard disk drives. 2. T urn on the system. 3. During POST , press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. The utility supports maximum four hard disk drives for RAID conîguration. The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 2. Delete RAID Volume 4. Recovery Volume Options 5. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: * = Data is Encrypted None deî¿ned. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 3 ST3160812AS 9LS0BJ5H 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu
6-24 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.3.1 Creating a RAID set T o create a RAID set 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID set and press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is selected, press the up/down arrow key to select a RAID level to create, and then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is selected, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives you want to include in the RAID set. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to select a drive, and then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE VOLUME MENU ] [ HELP ] Enter a unique volume name that has no special characters and is 16 characters or less. [ ââ ]Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [ENTER]-Select Name: Volume0 RAID Level: RAID0(Stripe) Disks: Select Disks Strip Size: 128KB Capacity: 0.0 GB Sync: N/A Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 3 ST3160812AS 9LS0BJ5H 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 6 disks to use in creating the volume. [ ââ ]-Prev/Next [SPACE]-SelectDisk [ENTER]-Done
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-25 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID array (for RAID 0, 10 and 5 only), and then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The following are typical values: RAID 0: 128KB RAID 10: 64KB RAID 5: 64KB We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. When the Capacity item is selected, enter the RAID volume capacity that yo u want and press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. When the Create V olume item is selected, press <Enter>. The following warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the CREA TE VOLUME menu. 6.3.2 Creating a Recovery set T o create a recovery set 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE VOLUME MENU ] [ HELP ] Enter a unique volume name that has no special characters and is 16 characters or less. [ ââ ]Change [TAB]-Next [ESC]-Previous Menu [ENTER]-Select Name: Volume0 RAID Level: RAID0(Stripe) Disks: Select Disks Strip Size: 128KB Capacity: 0.0 GB Sync: N/A Create Volume
6-26 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 2. Enter a name for the recovery set and press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is selected, press the up/down arrow key to select Recovery , and then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is selected, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives you want to include in the recovery set. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to select a drive, press <T AB> to select a Master disk, and then press <SP ACE> to select a Recovery disk. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Sync item is selected, use the up/down arrow key to select a sync option that you want and press <Enter>. 7. When the Create V olume item is selected, press <Enter>. The following warning message appears. [ SELECT DISKS ] Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk 3 ST3160812AS 9LS0BJ5H 149.0GB Non-RAID Disk Select 1 Master and 1 Recovery disk to create volume. [ ââ ]-Prev/Next [TAB]-(M)aster [SPACE]-(R)ecovery [ENTER]-Done WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 8. Press <Y> to create the recovery set and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the CREA TE VOLUME menu. If a recovery set is created, you cannot add more RAID sets even when you have more non-RAID disks installed in your system.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-27 6.3.3 Deleting a RAID set T ake caution when deleting a RAID set. Y ou will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. T o delete a RAID set 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID V olume and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, and then press <Del>. The following warning message appears. 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu, or press <N> to return to the DELETE VOLUME menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! (This does not apply to Recovery volumes) A re y ou su re yo u wa n t to d e le te vo lu me âVo lu me 0â ? (Y / N) : [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ] Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will reset the disks to non-RAID. WARNING: ALL DISK DATA WILL BE DELETED. (This does not apply to Recovery volumes) [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Previous Menu [DEL]-Delete Volume Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) 2 298.0GB Normal Yes
6-28 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.3.4 Resetting disks to Non-RAID T ake caution before you reset a RAID volume hard disk drive to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume hard disk drive deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. T o reset a RAID set hard disk drive 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set drive(s) you want to reset, and then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive(s). A conîrmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive(s) or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. Resetting RAID disk will remove its RAID structures and revert it to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all da ta on the disk to be lost. (This does not apply to Recovery volumes) Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 ST3160812AS 9LS0HJA4 149.0GB Member Disk 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ ââ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-S election Complete [ RESET RAID DATA ]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-29 6.3.5 Recovery V olume Options If you have created a recovery set, you can conîgure more recovery set options following the descriptions in the section. See section 6.3.2 Creating a Recovery set to create a recovery set before continue. T o conîgure a recovery set 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Recovery V olume Options and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the option you want, and then press <ENTER>. The SELECT RECOVER Y VOLUME screeen appears. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ RECOVERY VOLUME OPTIONS ] [ HELP ] Enable Only Recovery Disk - enables recovery disk if available and disables master disk. Enable Only Master Disk - enables master disk if available and disables recovery disk. Actions will result i n change from Continuo us Update mode to On- Request. [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Previous Menu [ENTER]-Select 1. Enable Only Recovery Disk 2. Enable Only Master Disk [ SELECT RECOVERY VOLUME ] Name Level Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 Recovery(Cont.) 149.0GB Normal Yes Select a Recovery volume to do the operation. [ ââ ]-Up/Down [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Done 3. Use the up/down arrow key to select a drive, and then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection and return to the utility main menu.
6-30 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. [ DEGRADED VOLUME DETECTED ] [ ââ ]-Previous/Next [ENTER]-Select [ESC]-Exit "Degraded" volume and disk available for rebuilding detected. Selecting a disk initiates a rebuild. Rebuild completes in the operating system. Select the port of destination disk for rebuilding (ESC to exit): Port Drive Model Serial # Size X XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB 6.3.7 Rebuilding the RAID This option is only for the RAID 1, RAID 5 and RAID 10 sets. Rebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID disk If any of the SA T A hard disk drives included in the RAID 1 array failed, the system displays the status of the RAID volume as â Degraded â during POST . Y ou can rebuild the RAID array with other installed non-RAID disks. T o rebuild the RAID with other non-RAID disk: 1. At the prompt, press <Ctrl> <I> to enter the Intel Matrix Storage Manager option ROM utility . 2. If there is a non-RAID SA T A Hard Disk available, the utility will prompt to rebuild the RAID. Press <Enter>, and then use up/down arrow keys to select the destination disk or press <ESC> to exit. 6.3.6 Exiting the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager T o exit the utility 1. From the utility main menu, select 5. Exit , and then press <Enter>. The following warning message appears. 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. A re y ou su re yo u wa n t to exit? (Y /N ) : [ CONFIRM EXIT ]
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 6-31 3. The utility immediately starts rebuilding after the disk is selected. The status of the degraded RAID volume is changed to âRebuildâ. Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager option ROM v8.5.0.1030 ICH10R/DO wRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-08 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 2. Delete RAID Volume 4. Recovery Volume Options 5. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: * = Data is Encrypted ID Name Level Strip Size Status Bootable 0 Volume0 RAID1(Mirror) N/A 149.0GB Rebuild Yes Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 1 ST3160812AS 9LS0F4HL 149.0GB Member Disk(0) 2 ST3160812AS 3LS0JYL8 149.0GB Member Disk(0) Volumes with âRebuildâ status will be rebuilt within the operating system. [ ââ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 4. Exit Intel Matrix Storage Manager and reboot the system. 5. Select Start > Programs > Intel Matrix Storage > Intel Matrix Storage Console or click the Intel Matrix Storage Manager tray icon to load the Intel Matrix Stroage Manager utility . 6. From the View menu, select Advanced Mode to display the details of the Intel Matrix Storage Console. 7. From the V olumes view option, select RAID volume to view the rebuilding status. When înished, the status is changed to â Normal â. Rebuilding the RAID with a new hard disk If any of the SA T A hard disk drives included in the RAID array failed, the system displays the status of the RAID volume as â Degraded â during POST . Y ou may replace the disk drive and rebuild the RAID array . T o rebuild the RAID with a new hard disk: 1. Remove the failed SA T A hard disk and install a new SA T A hard disk of the same speciîcation into the same SA T A Port. Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. 2. Reboot the system and then follow the steps in section Rebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID disk on page 6-30.
6-32 Chapter 6: RAID conîguration 6.3.8 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility Y ou can set the boot priority sequence in the BIOS for your RAID arrays when creating multi-RAID using the Intel ® Matrix Storage Manager . T o set the boot array in the BIOS: Set at least one of the arrays bootable to boot from the hard disk. 1. Reboot the system and press <Del> to enter the BIOS setup utility during POST . 2. Go to the Boot menu and select the option Boot Device Priority . 3. Use up/down arrow keys to select the boot priority and press <Enter>. See section 5.6.1 Boot Device Priority for details. 4. From the Exit menu, select Exit & Save Changes, then press <Enter>. 5. When the conîrmation window appears, select OK , then press <Enter>.
Chapter 7 Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary driv ers for dif ferent system components. ASUS RS720-E6/RS12
7-2 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.1 RAID driver installation After creating the RAID sets for your server system, you are now ready to install an operating system to the independent hard disk drive or bootable array . This part provides instructions on how to install the RAID controller drivers during OS installation. 7.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk The system does not include a îoppy drive. Y ou have to use a USB îoppy drive when creating a SA T A RAID driver disk. If you have created RAID sets with the LSI Software RAID conîguration utility , the boot priority of the SA T A optical disk drive has to be manually adjusted. Otherwise, the system will not boot from the connected SA T A ODD. A îoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows ® or Red Hat ® Enterprise operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. Y ou can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support DVD). T o create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment 1. Place the motherboard support DVD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer , and then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the îrst boot priority to boot from the support DVD. Save your changes, and then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer . The Makedisk menu appears. Create Driver Diskette Menu ICH10R INTEL RAID Driver ICH10R LSI RAID Driver ITE IT8213F Linux Driver Write DMI FreeDOS command prompt 5. Use the arrow keys to select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create and press <Enter> to enter the sub-menu.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-3 ICH10R INTEL RAID Driver ICH10R INTEL RAID Driver Windows 32 bit Windows 64 bit Back Exit ICH10R LSI RAID Driver ITE IT8213F Linux Driver ICH10R LSI RAID Driver Windows XP / Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows XP / Windows Server 2003 64 bit Windows Vista / Windows Server 2008 32 bit Windows Vista / Windows Server 2008 64 bit RHEL AS4 UP6 32/64 bit RHEL AS4 UP7 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP1 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP2 32/64 bit SLES 9 SP3 32 bit SLES 9 SP3 64 bit SLES 9 SP4 32 bit SLES 9 SP4 64 bit SLES 10 SP1 32 bit SLES 10 SP1 64 bit SLES 10 SP2 32 bit SLES 10 SP2 64 bit Back Exit ITE IT8213F Linux Driver RHEL 4 UP6 32/64 bit RHEL 4 UP7 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP1 32/64 bit RHEL 5 UP2 32/64 bit SLES 9 SP3 32 bit SLES 9 SP3 64 bit SLES 10 32 bit SLES 10 64 bit FreeBSD 7 32/64 bit Back Exit 6. Locate the RAID driver and place a blank, high-density îoppy disk to the îoppy disk drive. 7. Press <Enter>. 8. Follow screen instructions to create the driver disk.
7-4 Chapter 7: Driver installation T o create a RAID driver disk in Windows ® environment 1. Start Windows ® . 2. Place the motherboard support DVD into the optical drive. 3. Go to the Make Disk menu, and then select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create. 4. Insert a îoppy disk into the îoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen instructions to complete the process. Write-protect the îoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o create a RAID driver disk in Red Hat ® Enterprise Linux server environment 1. Insert a blank formatted high-density îoppy disk to the îoppy disk drive. 2. T ype dd if=XXX.img of=/dev/fd0 to decompress the île into the îoppy disk from the following path in the support DVD: For LSI MegaRAID Driver \Drivers\ICH10R LSI RAID\Driver\makedisk\Linux 3. Eject the îoppy disk.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-5 7.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver Windows ® Server OS During Windows ® Server OS installation T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Windows ® Server OS: 1. Boot the computer using the Windows ® Server installation DVD. The Windows ® Server OS Setup starts. 2. Press <F6> when the message âPress F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver ...â appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. When prompted, press <S> to specify an additional device. Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver... Windows Setup S=Specify Additional Device ENTER=Continue F3=Exit Windows Setup Setup could not determine the type of one or more mass storage devices installed in your system, or you have chosen to manually specify an adapter. Currently, Setup will load support for the following mass storage devices(s): <none> * To specify additional SCSI adapters, DVD-ROM drives, or special disk controllers for use with Windows, including those for which you have a device support disk from a mass storage device manufacturer, press S. * If you do not have any device support disks from a mass storage device manufacturer, or do not want to specify additional mass storage devices for use with Windows, press ENTER.
7-6 Chapter 7: Driver installation 4. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the RAID controller driver you need from the list, then press <Enter>. 6. The Windows ® Setup loads the RAID controller drivers from the RAID driver disk. When prompted, press <Enter> to continue installation. 7. Setup then proceeds with the OS installation. Follow screen instructions to continue. T o an existing Windows ® Server OS T o install the RAID controller driver on an existing Windows ® Server OS 1. Restart the computer , and then log in with Administrator privileges. 2. Windows ® automatically detects the RAID controller and displays a New Hardware Found window . Click Cancel . 3. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows ® desktop, and then select Properties from the menu. 4. Click the Hardware tab, and then click the Device Manager button to display the list of devices installed in the system. 5. Right-click the RAID controller item, then select Properties . 6. Click the Driver tab, and then click the Update Driver button. 7. The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard window appears. Click Next . 8. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îoppy disk drive. 9. Select the option Install the software automatically (Recommended) , and then click Next . 10. The wizard searches the RAID controller drivers. When found, click Next to install the drivers. 1 1. Click Finish after the driver installation is done. ENTER=Continue ESC=Cancel F3=Exit Windows Setup Please insert the disk labeled Manufacturer-supplied hardware support disk into Drive A: * Press ENTER when ready.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-7 T o verify the RAID controller driver installation: 1. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows ® desktop, and then select Properties from the menu. 2. Click the Hardware tab, and then click the Device Manager button. 3. Click the â â sign before the item SCSI and RAID controllers , and then the Intel(R) ICH8R/ICH9R/ICH10R/DO SA T A RAID Controller item should appear . The screen differs based on the controller . 4. Right-click the RAID controller driver item, and then select Properties from the menu. 5. Click the Driver tab, and then click the Driver Details button to display the RAID controller drivers. 6. Click OK when înished.
7-8 Chapter 7: Driver installation Red Hat ® Enterprise Linux OS 4.7/4.8 T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat Red Hat ® Enterprise OS: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat ® OS installation CD. 2. At the boot: , type linux dd nostorage. 3. Press <Enter>. - To install or upgrade in graphical mode, press the <ENTER> key. - To install or upgrade in text mode, type: linux text <ENTER>. - Use the function keys listed below for more information. [F1-Main] [F2-Options] [F3-General] [F4-Kernel] [F5-Rescue] boot: linux dd nostorage 4. Select Y es using the <T ab> key when asked if you have the driver disk, then press <Enter>. Main Menu Do you have a driver disk? Yes No 5. Press <Enter> to continue. Insert Driver Disk Insert your driver disk into /dev/sda and press âOKâ to continue. OK Cancel
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-9 6. Select No and press <Enter> to continue. More Driver Disks? Do you wish to load any more driver disks? Yes No 7. Select your desired language and press <Enter> to continue. OK # Choose a Language What language would you like to use during the installation process? Catalan Chinese(Simpliî¿ed) Chinese(Traditional) Croatian Czech Danish Dutch English 8. Select your keyboard type and press <Enter> to continue. OK # Keyboard Type What type of keyboard do you have? trq ua ua-utf ua-utf-ws uk unicode us Back
7-10 Chapter 7: Driver installation 9. Select the media and press <tab> to select OK. Press<Enter> to continue. 10. Select the media and press <tab> to select OK . Press <Enter> to continue. Select driver No driver found Unable to î¿nd any devices of the type needed for this installation type. Would you like to manually select your driver or use a driver disk? Back Use a driver disk OK Installation Method What type of media contains the packages to be installed? Local CDROM Hard drive NFS image FTP HTTP Back
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-1 1 1 1. Scroll down to locate the driver and press <Enter> to continue. The driver version may vary with time and model. Select LSI Mega Software RAID driver ( LSI megasr Driver ) all the time. 12. Select Skip and press <Enter> to continue. CD Found To begin testing the CD media before installation press OK. Choose Skip to skip the media test and start the installation. OK Skip Back Select Device Driver to Load Please select the driver below which you wish to load. If it does not appear and you have a driver disk, press F2. LSI Logic Fusion MPT SPI Driver (mptspi) LSI MegaRAID Controllers (megaraid_mbox) LSI MegaRAID Controllers (megaraid_sas) LSI megasr Driver ver 13.10.0708.2009 (megasr) Marvell SATA controllers (sata_mv) Mylex DAC960 RAID Controller (DAC960) [] Specify optional module arguments OK
7-12 Chapter 7: Driver installation 13. Select Done and press <Enter> to continue. Add Device Devices The following devices have been found on your system. Intel Pro/1000 (e1000e) LSI megasr Driver ver 13.10.0708.2009 (megasr) USB Mass Storage driver for Linux (usb-storage) Done 14. Follow the onscreen instructions to înish installing the RedHat operating system. The displayed devices may vary with models and systems.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-13 Red Hat ® Enterprise Linux OS 5.0 T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat Red Hat ® Enterprise OS: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat ® OS installation CD. 2. At the bo ot: , typ e li nux dd no pro be= ata [n] . The numb er of ata varie s wit h the hard disk drive number you have when building a RAID set. For example, if you want to build a RAID set with 6 hard disk drives, type command line: linux dd noprobe=ata1 noprobe=ata2 noprobe=ata3 noprobe=ata4 noprobe=ata5 noprobe=ata6. 3. Press <Enter>. - To install or upgrade in graphical mode, press the <ENTER> key. - To install or upgrade in text mode, type: linux text <ENTER>. - Use the function keys listed below for more information. [F1-Main] [F2-Options] [F3-General] [F4-Kernel] [F5-Rescue] boot: linux dd noprobe=ata[n] 4. Select Y es using the <T ab> key when asked if you have the driver disk, then press <Enter>. Main Menu Do you have a driver disk? Yes No 5. Select fd0 using the <T ab> key when asked to select the driver disk source. Press <T ab> to move the cursor to OK, then press <Enter>. Driver Disk Source You have multiple devices which could serve as sources for a driver disk. Which would you like to use? OK Cancel fd0 scd0
7-14 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7. When asked if you will load additional RAID controller drivers, select No , then press <Enter>. 6. Insert the Red Hat ® Enterprise RAID driver disk to the îoppy disk drive, select OK , then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID card are installed to the system. Insert Driver Disk Insert your driver disk into /dev/fd0 and press âOKâ to continue. OK Back 8. Follow the onscreen instructions to înish the OS installation. 9. If you install RHEL AS5, when the installation is completed, DO NOT click Reboot . Press <Ctrl> <Alt> <F2> to switch to the command-line interface from graphic user interface. 10. T ype the following commands when using a USB îoppy . cat /proc/partitions Write down the Major and Minor number before sdb for later use. mknod /dev/sdb b [major number] [minor number] mkdir /mnt/driver mount /dev/sdb /mnt/driver cd /mnt/driver sh replace_ahci.sh reboot More Driver Disks? Do you wish to load any more driver disks? Yes No
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-15 SUSE Linux OS T o install the RAID controller driver when installing SUSE Linux Enterprise Server SUSE Linux Enterprise Server OS 1. Boot the system from the SUSE OS installation CD. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Installation from the Boot Options menu. F1 Help F2 Language F3 1280 x 1024 F4 DVD F5 Driver Boot from Hard Disk Installation Installation--ACPI Disabled Installation--Local APIC Disabled Installation--Safe Settings Rescue System Memory Test Boot Options | 3. Press <F5>, then select Y es from the menu. Press <Enter>. F1 Help F2 Language F3 1280 x 1024 F4 DVD F5 Driver Boot from Hard Disk Installation Installation--ACPI Disabled Installation--Local APIC Disabled Installation--Safe Settings Rescue System Memory Test Boot Options | Yes No File
7-16 Chapter 7: Driver installation 4. Insert the RAID driver disk to the îoppy disk drive. Make sure that Installation from the Boot Options menu is selected, then press <Enter>. F1 Help F2 Language F3 1280 x 1024 F4 DVD F5 Driver Boot from Hard Disk Installation Installation--ACPI Disabled Installation--Local APIC Disabled Installation--Safe Settings Rescue System Memory Test Boot Options | 5. When below screen appears, select the îoppy disk drive (fd0) as the driver update medium. Select OK, then press <Enter>. Please choose the Driver Update medium. OK Back fd0: Floppy sr0: CD-ROM, TEAC DV-516E sda: Disk, SEAGATE ST336754SS sdb: Disk, SEAGATE ST336754SS Other device The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system. If you install SLES 10, type brokenmodules=ahci after Boot Options and press Enter to continue.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-17 7.2 Intel ® chipset device installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Plug and Play components for the Intel ® chipset on the system. Y ou need to manually install the Intel ® chipset software on a Windows Server operating system. T o install the Intel ® chipset device software: 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support DVD to the optical drive. The support DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click the item Intel Chipset Device Software from the menu. 4. The Intel(R) Chipset Device Software window appears. Click Next to start installation.
7-18 Chapter 7: Driver installation 5. Select Y es to accept the terms of the License Agreement and continue the process. 6. Read the Readme File Information and press Next to continue the installation. 7. After completing the installation, click Finish to complete the setup process.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-19 7.3 LAN driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Intel ® Gigabit LAN controller drivers on a Windows ® Server OS. T o install the LAN controller drivers 1. Restart the computer , and then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Windows ® automatically detects the LAN controllers and displays a New Hardware Found window . Click Cancel to close this window . ⢠If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the île ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder. Double- click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. 3. Click the Intel Network Connections Software to begin installation. 4. Click Install Drivers and Software option to begin installation.
7-20 Chapter 7: Driver installation 5. Click Next when the Intel(R) Network ConnectionsâInstallShield Wizard window appears. 6. T oggle I accept the terms in the license agreement and click Next to continue. 7. Click the Intel(R) PROSet for Windows Device Manager box, and then click Next to start the installation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-21 8. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. 9. When înished, press Finish to continue.
7-22 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.4 VGA driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Aspeed ® AST2050 Video Graphics Adapter (VGA) driver . Y ou need to manually install the Aspeed ® AST2050 VGA driver on a Windows ® Server operating system. T o install the Aspeed ® AST2050 VGA driver 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support DVD to the optical drive. The support DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . The Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click Next to start the installation.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-23 5. When the installation completes, click Finish to restart your computer before using the program. 4. Click Install to update the VGA driver .
7-24 Chapter 7: Driver installation 7.5 Management applications and utilities installation The support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, management applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. The contents of the support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) for updates. 7.5.1 Running the support DVD Place the support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the île ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. 7.5.2 Drivers menu The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions.
ASUS RS720-E6/RS12 7-25 7.5.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu displays the software applications and utilities that the motherboard supports. Click an item to install. 7.5.5 Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also înd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 7.5.4 Make disk menu The Make disk menu contains items to create the Intel ICH10R and LSI MegaRAID driver disks.
7-26 Chapter 7: Driver installation